It's orphaned and unused anywhere... Change-Id: I0f42473e1a3b7a11f2f90aea0df09d179ca2945e
9620 lines
305 KiB
PHP
9620 lines
305 KiB
PHP
<?php
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
* NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
|
||
*
|
||
*
|
||
* To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
|
||
* changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
|
||
*
|
||
* In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
|
||
* variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
|
||
* will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
|
||
* performed in LocalSettings.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* Documentation is in the source and on:
|
||
* https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
|
||
* enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
|
||
*
|
||
* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||
* it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||
* the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||
* (at your option) any later version.
|
||
*
|
||
* This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||
* GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||
*
|
||
* You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
|
||
* with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
|
||
* 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
|
||
* http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
|
||
*
|
||
* @file
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @cond file_level_code
|
||
* This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
|
||
* MEDIAWIKI is defined
|
||
*/
|
||
if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
|
||
echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
|
||
die( 1 );
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
/** @endcond */
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* $wgConf hold the site configuration.
|
||
* Not used for much in a default install.
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
|
||
* The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
|
||
* callable.
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgConfigRegistry = [
|
||
'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* MediaWiki version number
|
||
* @since 1.2
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35; use the MW_VERSION constant instead
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVersion = MW_VERSION;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
|
||
|
||
/** @} */
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Server URLs and file paths
|
||
*
|
||
* In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
|
||
* the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
|
||
* acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
|
||
*
|
||
* In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
|
||
*
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* URL of the server.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* This must be set in LocalSettings.php. The MediaWiki installer does this
|
||
* automatically since 1.18.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
|
||
* protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
|
||
* to a fully qualified URL.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgServer = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
|
||
* Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
|
||
* @since 1.18
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCanonicalServer = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
|
||
* hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgServerName = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
|
||
* the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For installations where the canonical server is HTTP but HTTPS is optionally
|
||
* supported, you can specify a non-standard HTTPS port here. $wgServer should
|
||
* be a protocol-relative URL.
|
||
*
|
||
* If HTTPS is always used, just specify the port number in $wgServer.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T67184
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHttpsPort = 443;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If this is true, when an insecure HTTP request is received, always redirect
|
||
* to HTTPS. This overrides and disables the preferhttps user preference, and it
|
||
* overrides $wgSecureLogin and the CanIPUseHTTPS hook.
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgServer may be either https or protocol-relative. If $wgServer starts with
|
||
* "http://", an exception will be thrown.
|
||
*
|
||
* If a reverse proxy or CDN is used to forward requests from HTTPS to HTTP,
|
||
* the request header "X-Forwarded-Proto: https" should be sent to suppress
|
||
* the redirect.
|
||
*
|
||
* In addition to setting this to true, for optimal security, the web server
|
||
* should also be configured to send Strict-Transport-Security response headers.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgForceHTTPS = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The path we should point to.
|
||
* It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
|
||
*
|
||
* This *needs* to be set correctly.
|
||
*
|
||
* Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
|
||
* set in LocalSettings.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
|
||
* is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
|
||
* but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
|
||
* on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
|
||
* problems on Apache as well.
|
||
*
|
||
* To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
|
||
*
|
||
* Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
|
||
* incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
|
||
*
|
||
* The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
|
||
* you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
|
||
* redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
|
||
* @since 1.2.1
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
|
||
( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
|
||
( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path to index.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgScript = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path to load.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLoadScript = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path to the REST API
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/rest.php"
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRestPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the skins directory.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStylePath = false;
|
||
$wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalStylePath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the extensions directory.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
|
||
* @since 1.16
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filesystem extensions directory.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filesystem stylesheets directory.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
|
||
* which is replaced by the article title.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
|
||
* depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgArticlePath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path for the images directory.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The base path for img_auth.php. This is used to interpret the request URL
|
||
* for requests to img_auth.php that do not match the base upload path. If
|
||
* false, "{$wgScriptPath}/img_auth.php" is used.
|
||
*
|
||
* Normally, requests to img_auth.php have a REQUEST_URI which matches
|
||
* $wgUploadPath, and in that case, setting this should not be necessary.
|
||
* This variable is used in case img_auth.php is accessed via a different path
|
||
* than $wgUploadPath.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImgAuthPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Directory where the cached page will be saved.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
|
||
* Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
|
||
* Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using
|
||
* the static function ResourceLoaderSkinModule::getAvailableLogos
|
||
* Ignored if $wgLogos is set.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogo = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path to various wiki logos.
|
||
* The `1x` logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
|
||
* The `1.5x` 1.5x version of square logo
|
||
* The `2x` 2x version of square logo
|
||
* The `svg` version of square logo
|
||
* The `wordmark` key should point to an array with the following fields
|
||
* - `src` relative or absolute path to a landscape logo
|
||
* - `width` defining the width of the logo in pixels.
|
||
* - `height` defining the height of the logo in pixels.
|
||
* All values can be either an absolute or relative URI
|
||
* Configuration is optional provided $wgLogo is used instead.
|
||
* Defaults to [ "1x" => $wgLogo ],
|
||
* or [ "1x" => "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png" ] if $wgLogo is not set.
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var array|false
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogos = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
|
||
* should be under 135x155 pixels.
|
||
* Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgLogoHD = [
|
||
* "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
|
||
* "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* SVG is also supported but when enabled, it
|
||
* disables 1.5x and 2x as svg will already
|
||
* be optimised for screen resolution.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgLogoHD = [
|
||
* "svg" => "path/to/svg_version.svg",
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array|false
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35. Developers should retrieve this logo (and other variants) using
|
||
* the static function ResourceLoaderSkinModule::getAvailableLogos. $wgLogos should be used
|
||
* instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogoHD = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the shortcut icon.
|
||
* @since 1.6
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
|
||
* Defaults to no icon.
|
||
* @since 1.12
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
|
||
* One or more of the values defined in the Referrer Policy specification:
|
||
* https://w3c.github.io/webappsec-referrer-policy/
|
||
* ('no-referrer', 'no-referrer-when-downgrade', 'same-origin',
|
||
* 'origin', 'strict-origin', 'origin-when-cross-origin',
|
||
* 'strict-origin-when-cross-origin', or 'unsafe-url')
|
||
* Setting it to false prevents the meta tag from being output
|
||
* (which results in falling back to the Referrer-Policy header,
|
||
* or 'no-referrer-when-downgrade' if that's not set either.)
|
||
* Setting it to an array (supported since 1.31) will create a meta tag for
|
||
* each value, in the reverse of the order (meaning that the first array element
|
||
* will be the default and the others used as fallbacks for browsers which do not
|
||
* understand it).
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array|string|bool
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReferrerPolicy = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This must not be web accessible.
|
||
*
|
||
* When this setting is set to false, its value will automatically be decided
|
||
* through the first call to wfTempDir(). See that method's implementation for
|
||
* the actual detection logic.
|
||
*
|
||
* To find the temporary path for the current wiki, developers must not use
|
||
* this variable directly. Use the global function wfTempDir() instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* The temporary directory is expected to be shared with other applications,
|
||
* including other MediaWiki instances (which might not run the same version
|
||
* or configution). When storing files here, take care to avoid conflicts
|
||
* with other instances of MediaWiki. For example, when caching the result
|
||
* of a computation, the file name should incorporate the input of the
|
||
* computation so that it cannot be confused for the result of a similar
|
||
* computation by another MediaWiki instance.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see wfTempDir()
|
||
* @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTmpDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
|
||
* upload URL.
|
||
* @since 1.4
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
|
||
* Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
|
||
* where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
|
||
* If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
|
||
* plain page views, add to this array.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Set pretty URL for the edit action:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
|
||
* URLs.
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgActionPaths = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Files and file uploads
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow users to upload files.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use $wgLocalFileRepo to control how and where uploads are stored.
|
||
* Disabled by default as for security reasons.
|
||
* See <https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuring_file_uploads>.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableUploads = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allows to move images and other media files
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35, use group permission settings instead.
|
||
* (eg $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = false; to revoke the
|
||
* ability from sysops)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowImageMoving = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
|
||
* Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
|
||
* 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
|
||
* suhosin.session.encrypt.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
|
||
* uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
|
||
*
|
||
* Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
|
||
* completeness.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* What directory to place deleted uploads in.
|
||
* Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDeletedDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImgAuthDetails = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
|
||
* For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
|
||
* if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
|
||
* The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
|
||
* is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
|
||
*
|
||
* Example:
|
||
* $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
|
||
* The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
|
||
* The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see $wgFileBackends
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* File repository structures
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
|
||
* an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
|
||
* array of properties configuring the repository.
|
||
*
|
||
* Properties required for all repos:
|
||
* - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
|
||
* The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
|
||
*
|
||
* - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
|
||
* The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
|
||
* - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
|
||
*
|
||
* For most core repos:
|
||
* - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
|
||
* container : backend container name the zone is in
|
||
* directory : root path within container for the zone
|
||
* url : base URL to the root of the zone
|
||
* urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
|
||
* (useful for using a different cache for videos)
|
||
* Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
|
||
* and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
|
||
* Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
|
||
* - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
|
||
* - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files.
|
||
*
|
||
* Set this to 0 if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
|
||
* directory into many subdirectories.
|
||
*
|
||
* It is recommended to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
|
||
* MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to
|
||
* the wiki by copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
|
||
* maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database.
|
||
* This is no longer supported, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* Default: 2.
|
||
* - deletedHashLevels
|
||
* Optional 'hashLevels' override for the 'deleted' zone.
|
||
* - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
|
||
* - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
|
||
* handler instead.
|
||
* - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
|
||
* determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
|
||
* The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
|
||
* when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
|
||
* - pathDisclosureProtection
|
||
* May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
|
||
* leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
|
||
* placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
|
||
* - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
|
||
* is 0644.
|
||
* - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
|
||
* some remote repos.
|
||
* - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
|
||
* - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
|
||
* - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
|
||
* One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
|
||
* the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
|
||
*
|
||
* These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
|
||
* for local repositories:
|
||
* - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
|
||
* - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
|
||
* https://en.wikipedia.org/w
|
||
* - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
|
||
* - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page and display them
|
||
* on the local wiki.
|
||
* - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
|
||
* Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
|
||
*
|
||
* ForeignDBRepo:
|
||
* - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
|
||
* equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
|
||
* - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
|
||
* - hasSharedCache Set to true if the foreign wiki's $wgMainCacheType is identical to,
|
||
* and accessible from, this wiki.
|
||
*
|
||
* ForeignAPIRepo:
|
||
* - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
|
||
* - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
|
||
*
|
||
* If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
|
||
* Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
|
||
* If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
|
||
* If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
|
||
* be searched after the local file repo.
|
||
* Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see FileRepo::__construct for the default options.
|
||
* @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalFileRepo = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable the use of files from one or more other wikis.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you operate multiple wikis, you can declare a shared upload path here.
|
||
* Uploads to the local wiki will NOT be stored here - See $wgLocalFileRepo
|
||
* and $wgUploadDirectory for that.
|
||
*
|
||
* The wiki will only consider the foreign repository if no file of the given name
|
||
* is found in the local repository (e.g. via `[[File:..]]` syntax).
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.11
|
||
* @see $wgLocalFileRepo
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgForeignFileRepos = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use Wikimedia Commons as a foreign file repository.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is a shortcut for adding an entry to to $wgForeignFileRepos
|
||
* for https://commons.wikimedia.org, using ForeignAPIRepo with the
|
||
* default settings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.16
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseInstantCommons = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for adding an entry to $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
*
|
||
* Uses the following variables:
|
||
*
|
||
* - directory: $wgSharedUploadDirectory.
|
||
* - url: $wgSharedUploadPath.
|
||
* - hashLevels: Based on $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory.
|
||
* - thumbScriptUrl: $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath.
|
||
* - transformVia404: Based on $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse.
|
||
* - descBaseUrl: $wgRepositoryBaseUrl.
|
||
* - fetchDescription: $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
|
||
*
|
||
* If $wgSharedUploadDBname is set, it uses the ForeignDBRepo
|
||
* class, with also the following variables:
|
||
*
|
||
* - dbName: $wgSharedUploadDBname.
|
||
* - dbType: $wgDBtype.
|
||
* - dbServer: $wgDBserver.
|
||
* - dbUser: $wgDBuser.
|
||
* - dbPassword: $wgDBpassword.
|
||
* - dbFlags: Based on $wgDebugDumpSql.
|
||
* - tablePrefix: $wgSharedUploadDBprefix,
|
||
* - hasSharedCache: $wgCacheSharedUploads.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseSharedUploads = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'directory' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var string
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'url' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var string
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedUploadPath = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'hashLevels' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'descBaseUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRepositoryBaseUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'fetchDescription' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'dbName' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool|string
|
||
* @since 1.4
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'tablePrefix' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var string
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the ForeignDBRepo 'hasSharedCache' setting in $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
|
||
* are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
|
||
* authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
|
||
* The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
|
||
*
|
||
* Example:
|
||
* $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
|
||
* (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
|
||
*
|
||
* This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
|
||
* using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
|
||
*
|
||
* See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadDialog = [
|
||
// Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
|
||
// that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
|
||
// matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
|
||
'fields' => [
|
||
'description' => true,
|
||
'date' => false,
|
||
'categories' => false,
|
||
],
|
||
// Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
|
||
// be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
|
||
'licensemessages' => [
|
||
// The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
|
||
// * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
|
||
// * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
|
||
// * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
|
||
'local' => 'generic-local',
|
||
// The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
|
||
// * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
|
||
// * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
|
||
// * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
|
||
'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
|
||
],
|
||
// Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
|
||
// string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
|
||
// * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
|
||
// * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
|
||
'comment' => [
|
||
'local' => '',
|
||
'foreign' => '',
|
||
],
|
||
// Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
|
||
'format' => [
|
||
// Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
|
||
// * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
|
||
// enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
|
||
// * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
|
||
// * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
|
||
// * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
|
||
// * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
|
||
// * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
|
||
// field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
|
||
'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
|
||
// Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
|
||
// * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
|
||
// * $TEXT - input by the user
|
||
'description' => '$TEXT',
|
||
'ownwork' => '',
|
||
'license' => '',
|
||
'uncategorized' => '',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* File backend structure configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
|
||
* Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
|
||
* - name : A unique name for the backend
|
||
* - class : The file backend class to use
|
||
* - wikiId : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
|
||
* - lockManager : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers) [optional]
|
||
* - fileJournal : File journal configuration for FileJournal::__construct() [optional]
|
||
*
|
||
* See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
|
||
* Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
|
||
* These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
|
||
*
|
||
* FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
|
||
* can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
|
||
* another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
|
||
* configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
|
||
*
|
||
* There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
|
||
* - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
|
||
* By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
|
||
* which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
|
||
* Setting 'domainId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
|
||
* all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
|
||
* multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
|
||
* part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
|
||
* - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
|
||
* wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
|
||
* if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
|
||
* One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
|
||
* any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
|
||
* different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
|
||
* a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
|
||
* would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFileBackends = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
|
||
* Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
|
||
* - name : A unique name for the lock manager
|
||
* - class : The lock manger class to use
|
||
*
|
||
* See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
|
||
* Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
|
||
* These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLockManagers = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show Exif data, on by default if available.
|
||
* Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
|
||
*
|
||
* @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
|
||
* To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
|
||
* extensions" section of php.ini:
|
||
* @code{.ini}
|
||
* extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If to automatically update the img_metadata field
|
||
* if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
|
||
* Defaults to false.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
|
||
* The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
|
||
* You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of domains copy uploads can come from
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
|
||
* true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
|
||
* able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Different timeout for upload by url
|
||
* This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
|
||
* timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
|
||
* to default.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var int|bool
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Max size for uploads, in bytes.
|
||
*
|
||
* If not set to an array, applies to all uploads. If set to an array, per upload
|
||
* type maximums can be set, using the file and url keys. If the `*` key is set
|
||
* this value will be used as maximum for non-specified types.
|
||
*
|
||
* The below example would set the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except,
|
||
* for upload-by-url, which would have a maximum of 500 kB.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgMaxUploadSize = [
|
||
* '*' => 250 * 1024,
|
||
* 'url' => 500 * 1024,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Default: 100 MB.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes.
|
||
*
|
||
* When using chunked upload, non-final chunks smaller than this will be rejected.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this may be further reduced by the `upload_max_filesize` and
|
||
* `post_max_size` PHP settings. Use ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize to
|
||
* get the effective minimum chunk size used by MediaWiki.
|
||
*
|
||
* Default: 1 KB.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
* @see ApiUpload::getMinUploadChunkSize
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
|
||
* Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
|
||
* without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
|
||
* $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
|
||
* appended to it as appropriate.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
|
||
* request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
|
||
* This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
|
||
* access to the thumbnail path.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for the 'thumbScriptUrl' setting of $wgForeignFileRepos.
|
||
* Only used if $wgUseSharedUploads is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var string
|
||
* @since 1.3
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortcut for setting `hashLevels=2` in $wgLocalFileRepo.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note Only used if $wgLocalFileRepo is not set.
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
|
||
* with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
|
||
* such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
|
||
* your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
|
||
* An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
|
||
* if you want to blacklist additional files.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFileBlacklist = [
|
||
# HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
|
||
'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
|
||
# PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
|
||
'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps', 'phar',
|
||
# Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
|
||
'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
|
||
# May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
|
||
'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
|
||
* if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
|
||
# HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
|
||
'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
|
||
# PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
|
||
'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
|
||
# Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
|
||
'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
|
||
# Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
|
||
'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
|
||
# Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
|
||
'application/x-msmetafile',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow Java archive uploads.
|
||
* This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
|
||
* applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
|
||
* by $wgFileExtensions.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
|
||
* $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
|
||
* Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
|
||
* This list is used by File::isSafeFile
|
||
*
|
||
* Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
|
||
* displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
|
||
* to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
|
||
* [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
|
||
MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
|
||
MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
|
||
MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
|
||
"image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
|
||
"application/pdf", // PDF files
|
||
# "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Plugins for media file type handling.
|
||
* Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
|
||
*
|
||
* Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
|
||
* and extensions should use extension.json.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMediaHandlers = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
|
||
* thumbnails, so a mock will do)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
|
||
'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
|
||
'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
|
||
'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Plugins for page content model handling.
|
||
* Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
|
||
* that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgContentHandlers = [
|
||
// the usual case
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => WikitextContentHandler::class,
|
||
// dumb version, no syntax highlighting
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => JavaScriptContentHandler::class,
|
||
// simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => JsonContentHandler::class,
|
||
// dumb version, no syntax highlighting
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => CssContentHandler::class,
|
||
// plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => TextContentHandler::class,
|
||
// fallback for unknown models, from imports or extensions that were removed
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_UNKNOWN => FallbackContentHandler::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
|
||
* always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
|
||
* height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseImageResize = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
|
||
* ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
|
||
* These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
|
||
* GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseImageMagick = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
|
||
* this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
|
||
* %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
|
||
* %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example for GraphicMagick:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Leave as false to skip this.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* used for lossless jpeg rotation
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
|
||
* subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
|
||
* at sharp edges.
|
||
*
|
||
* See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
|
||
*
|
||
* Supported values:
|
||
* false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
|
||
* 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
|
||
* 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
|
||
* 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
|
||
* others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
|
||
* sampling in the thumbnail.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When scaling a JPEG thumbnail, this is the quality we request
|
||
* from the backend. It should be an int between 1 and 100,
|
||
* with 100 indicating 100% quality.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJpegQuality = 80;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
|
||
* image formats.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
|
||
* Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
|
||
* necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
|
||
*
|
||
* An external program is required to perform this conversion.
|
||
* If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
|
||
* are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSVGConverters = [
|
||
'ImageMagick' =>
|
||
'$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
|
||
'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
|
||
'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
|
||
'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
|
||
. '$output $input',
|
||
'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
|
||
'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
|
||
'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSVGConverterPath = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Don't scale a SVG larger than this
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
|
||
* Default is 1024*256 bytes
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether thumbnails should be generated in target language (usually, same as
|
||
* page language), if available.
|
||
* Currently, applies only to SVG images that use the systemLanguage attribute
|
||
* to specify text language.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.33
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMediaInTargetLanguage = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
|
||
* down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
|
||
* and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
|
||
*
|
||
* This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
|
||
* image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
|
||
* built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
|
||
* JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
|
||
*
|
||
* The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
|
||
* 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
|
||
* frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
|
||
* is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
|
||
* It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
|
||
* For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
|
||
* Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
|
||
* $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
|
||
* // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
|
||
* $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTiffThumbnailType = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
|
||
* will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
|
||
* Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
|
||
* to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
|
||
* for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
|
||
* memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
|
||
* This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
|
||
* output instead of showing an error message.
|
||
*
|
||
* This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
|
||
* is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
|
||
*
|
||
* On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
|
||
* Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
|
||
* are logged to a file for review.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Render thumbnails while parsing wikitext.
|
||
*
|
||
* If set to false, then the Parser will output valid thumbnail URLs without
|
||
* generating or storing the thumbnail files. This can significantly speed up
|
||
* processing on the web server. The site admin needs to configure a 404 handler
|
||
* in order for the URLs in question to regenerate the thumbnails in question
|
||
* on-demand. This can enable concurrency and also save computing resources
|
||
* as not every resolution of every image on every page is accessed between
|
||
* re-parses of the article. For example, re-parses triggered by bot edits,
|
||
* or cascading updates from template edits.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you use $wgLocalFileRepo, then you will also need to set the following:
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgLocalFileRepo['transformVia404'] = true;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.7.0
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
|
||
* be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
|
||
* is available that can rotate.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
|
||
* $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
|
||
* null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAntivirus = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
|
||
* associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
|
||
* The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
|
||
* valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
|
||
*
|
||
* The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
|
||
* "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
|
||
*
|
||
* "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
|
||
* replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
|
||
* will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
|
||
* scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
|
||
* $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
|
||
* path.
|
||
*
|
||
* "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
|
||
* function in SpecialUpload.
|
||
* - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
|
||
* the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
|
||
* is not set.
|
||
* - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
|
||
* the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
|
||
* viruses. This causes the file to pass.
|
||
* - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
|
||
* no virus was found.
|
||
* - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
|
||
* a virus.
|
||
* - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
|
||
*
|
||
* "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
|
||
* output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
|
||
* If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAntivirusSetup = [
|
||
|
||
# setup for clamav
|
||
'clamav' => [
|
||
'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
|
||
'codemap' => [
|
||
"0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
|
||
"1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
|
||
"52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
|
||
"*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
|
||
],
|
||
'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAntivirusRequired = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVerifyMimeType = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Determines whether extra checks for IE type detection should be applied.
|
||
* This is a conservative check for exactly what IE 6 or so checked for,
|
||
* and shouldn't trigger on for instance JPEG files containing links in EXIF
|
||
* metadata.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVerifyMimeTypeIE = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sets the MIME type definition file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
|
||
* When this is set to the path of a mime.types file, MediaWiki will use this
|
||
* file to map MIME types to file extensions and vice versa, in lieu of its
|
||
* internal MIME map. Note that some MIME mappings are considered "baked in"
|
||
* and cannot be overridden. See includes/libs/mime/MimeMapMinimal.php for a
|
||
* full list.
|
||
* example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMimeTypeFile = 'internal';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sets the MIME type info file to use by includes/libs/mime/MimeAnalyzer.php.
|
||
* Set to null to use the minimum set of built-in defaults only.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMimeInfoFile = 'internal';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
|
||
* the MIME type to standard output.
|
||
* The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
|
||
* If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
|
||
* things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
|
||
* can be trusted.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
|
||
* array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgXMLMimeTypes = [
|
||
'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
|
||
'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
|
||
'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
|
||
'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
|
||
'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
|
||
* to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
|
||
* The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
|
||
* the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
|
||
* change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
|
||
* This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImageLimits = [
|
||
[ 320, 240 ],
|
||
[ 640, 480 ],
|
||
[ 800, 600 ],
|
||
[ 1024, 768 ],
|
||
[ 1280, 1024 ]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
|
||
* reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
|
||
* list of settings the user can choose from:
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbLimits = [
|
||
120,
|
||
150,
|
||
180,
|
||
200,
|
||
250,
|
||
300
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
|
||
* The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
|
||
* always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
|
||
*
|
||
* The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
|
||
* when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
|
||
* supports it.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
|
||
* above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
|
||
* needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
|
||
* following buckets:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
|
||
*
|
||
* and a distance of 50:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
|
||
*
|
||
* If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
|
||
* because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
|
||
* prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
|
||
* has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
|
||
*
|
||
* This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
$wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
|
||
* $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
|
||
*
|
||
* The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
|
||
* thumbnail's URL.
|
||
* This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
|
||
* option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When using the "http" $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send
|
||
* the HTTP request to.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
|
||
* (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
|
||
* Fields are:
|
||
* - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
|
||
* - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
|
||
* - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
|
||
* - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
|
||
* A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
|
||
* and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.28
|
||
* - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
|
||
* - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
|
||
* - mode: Gallery mode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGalleryOptions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
|
||
* This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
|
||
* by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default value for chmoding of new directories.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
|
||
*
|
||
* This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
|
||
* thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResponsiveImages = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* On pages containing images, tell the user agent to pre-connect to hosts from
|
||
* $wgForeignFileRepos. This speeds up rendering, but may create unwanted
|
||
* traffic if there are many possible URLs from which images are served.
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImagePreconnect = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @name DJVU settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path of the djvudump executable
|
||
* Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
|
||
* example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuDump = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
|
||
* Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
|
||
* example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuRenderer = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
|
||
* Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
|
||
* example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuTxt = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path of the djvutoxml executable
|
||
* This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
|
||
*
|
||
* For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
|
||
* probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
|
||
* the efficiency problem.
|
||
* https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuToXML = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shell command for the DJVU post processor
|
||
* Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
|
||
* Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* File extension for the DJVU post processor output
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of DJvu }
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of file uploads }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Email settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Site admin email address.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEmergencyContact = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
|
||
*
|
||
* The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder,
|
||
* as well as other e-mail notifications.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName" (in Setup.php).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordSender = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to $wgPasswordSender (in Setup.php).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNoReplyAddress = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
|
||
* Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
|
||
* server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableEmail = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
|
||
* This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableUserEmail = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to true to enable the Special Mute page. This allows users
|
||
* to mute unwanted communications from other users, and is linked
|
||
* to from emails originating from Special:Email.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @deprecated 1.34
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableSpecialMute = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
|
||
* instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
|
||
*
|
||
* Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
|
||
* which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
|
||
* when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
|
||
* can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
|
||
* emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
|
||
* user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
|
||
* and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* SMTP Mode.
|
||
*
|
||
* For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
|
||
* Default to false or fill an array :
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgSMTP = [
|
||
* 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
|
||
* 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
|
||
* 'port' => '25',
|
||
* 'auth' => [true|false],
|
||
* 'username' => [SMTP username],
|
||
* 'password' => [SMTP password],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSMTP = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
|
||
* both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address as sender.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting depends on $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress also being enabled.
|
||
* If both are enabled, notifications for actions from users that have opted-in,
|
||
* will be sent to other users with their address as "From" instead of "Reply-To".
|
||
*
|
||
* If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
|
||
|
||
// TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
|
||
# If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
|
||
# enable or disable at their discretion
|
||
# If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
|
||
# It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
|
||
* This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
|
||
* spam relay.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEmailAuthentication = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
|
||
* user talk page.
|
||
*
|
||
* The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
|
||
* preference set to true.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow sending of e-mail notifications with the editor's address in "Reply-To".
|
||
*
|
||
* Note, enabling this only actually uses it in notification e-mails if the user
|
||
* opted-in to this feature. This feature flag also controls visibility of the
|
||
* 'enotifrevealaddr' preference, which, if users opt into, will make e-mail
|
||
* notifications about their actions use their address as "Reply-To".
|
||
*
|
||
* To set the address as "From" instead of "Reply-To", also enable $wgEnotifFromEditor.
|
||
*
|
||
* If disabled, or not opted-in, notifications come from $wgPasswordSender.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
|
||
* by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
|
||
*
|
||
* If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
|
||
* trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
|
||
*
|
||
* Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
|
||
* false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
|
||
*
|
||
* User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
|
||
* $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
|
||
* always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
|
||
*
|
||
* For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
|
||
* Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
|
||
* match the limit on your mail server.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
|
||
* which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of email settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Database settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Current wiki database name
|
||
*
|
||
* Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens.
|
||
* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
*
|
||
* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Current wiki database schema name
|
||
*
|
||
* Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens.
|
||
* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
*
|
||
* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBmwschema = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Current wiki database table name prefix
|
||
*
|
||
* Should be alphanumeric, without spaces nor hyphens, preferably ending in an underscore.
|
||
* This is used to determine the current/local wiki ID (WikiMap::getCurrentWikiDbDomain).
|
||
*
|
||
* This should still be set even if $wgLBFactoryConf is configured.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBprefix = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database host name or IP address
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBserver = 'localhost';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBport = 5432;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database username
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database user's password
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBpassword = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database type
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBtype = 'mysql';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is only used if $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
|
||
* the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
|
||
* connection to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBssl = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use compression in DB connection.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
|
||
* the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
|
||
* connection to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBcompress = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBadminuser = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBadminpassword = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Search type.
|
||
*
|
||
* Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
|
||
* selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
|
||
* name to override to a custom search engine.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
|
||
* (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
|
||
* SearchMappings in extension.json.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchType = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Alternative search types
|
||
*
|
||
* Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
|
||
* allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
|
||
* to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
|
||
* need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the canonical name for the search engine doesn't match the class name
|
||
* (because it's namespaced for example), you can add a mapping for this in
|
||
* SearchMappings in extension.json.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* MySQL table options to use during installation or update
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB, DEFAULT CHARSET=binary';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
|
||
* null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
|
||
* DBA has done his best job.
|
||
* String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSQLMode = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default group to use when getting database connections.
|
||
* Will be used as default query group in ILoadBalancer::getConnection.
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBDefaultGroup = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
|
||
* for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
|
||
* main database.
|
||
*
|
||
* For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
|
||
* prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
|
||
* The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
|
||
* preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
|
||
* database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
|
||
* MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
|
||
* $wgDBprefix.
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
|
||
* $wgDBmwschema.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to LBFactory::getMainLB() to
|
||
* access remote databases. Using LBFactory::getMainLB() allows the shared database to
|
||
* reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
|
||
* configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedDB = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgSharedDB
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedPrefix = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgSharedDB
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgSharedDB
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSharedSchema = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database load balancer
|
||
* This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
|
||
* Fields are:
|
||
* - host: Host name
|
||
* - dbname: Default database name
|
||
* - user: DB user
|
||
* - password: DB password
|
||
* - type: DB type
|
||
* - driver: DB driver (when there are multiple drivers)
|
||
*
|
||
* - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
|
||
* If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
|
||
* sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
|
||
* The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
|
||
*
|
||
* - groupLoads: (optional) Array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query
|
||
* may belong to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
|
||
*
|
||
* - flags: (optional) Bit field of properties:
|
||
* - DBO_DEFAULT: Transactionalize web requests and use autocommit otherwise
|
||
* - DBO_DEBUG: Equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
|
||
* - DBO_SSL: Use TLS connection encryption if available
|
||
* - DBO_COMPRESS: Use protocol compression with database connections
|
||
* - DBO_PERSISTENT: Enables persistent database connections
|
||
*
|
||
* - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
|
||
* - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
|
||
* - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
|
||
* nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
|
||
* This is what DBO_DEFAULT uses to determine when a web request is present.
|
||
* [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
|
||
*
|
||
* These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
|
||
* variable of the Database object.
|
||
*
|
||
* Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
|
||
* variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
|
||
* perhaps in some command-line scripts).
|
||
*
|
||
* The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
|
||
* rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
|
||
* accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
|
||
* replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* SET @@read_only=1;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
|
||
* up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
|
||
* our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBservers = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Load balancer factory configuration
|
||
* To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
|
||
* can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
|
||
* The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
|
||
* $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
|
||
*
|
||
* The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
|
||
* includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple::class ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
|
||
* how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
|
||
* This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* File to log database errors to
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBerrorLog = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Timezone to use in the error log.
|
||
* Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
|
||
*
|
||
* A list of usable timezones can found at:
|
||
* https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Examples:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
|
||
* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
|
||
* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
|
||
* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
|
||
* $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var string[] List of wiki DB domain IDs; the format of each ID consist of 1-3 hyphen
|
||
* delimited alphanumeric components (each with no hyphens nor spaces) of any of the forms:
|
||
* - "<DB NAME>-<DB SCHEMA>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
|
||
* - "<DB NAME>-<TABLE PREFIX>"
|
||
* - "<DB NAME>"
|
||
* If hyphens appear in any of the components, then the domain ID parsing may not work
|
||
* in all cases and site functionality might be affected. If the schema ($wgDBmwschema)
|
||
* is left to the default "mediawiki" for all wikis, then the schema should be omitted
|
||
* from these IDs.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalDatabases = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
|
||
* pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
|
||
* show a more obvious warning.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of DB settings }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Text storage
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
|
||
* revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
|
||
* compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
|
||
* but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCompressRevisions = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* External stores allow including content
|
||
* from non database sources following URL links.
|
||
*
|
||
* Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExternalStores = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of external MySQL servers.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExternalServers = [
|
||
* 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Used by \Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
|
||
* another class.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExternalServers = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
|
||
* Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
|
||
*
|
||
* Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
|
||
* must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
|
||
* servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
|
||
*
|
||
* Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end text storage }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Performance hacks and limits
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable database-intensive features
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMiserMode = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableQueryPages = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable slow parser functions
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow schema updates
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum article size in kilobytes
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
|
||
* raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
|
||
* particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
|
||
* transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end performance hacks }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Cache settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
|
||
* from the web.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
|
||
* must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
|
||
* the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCacheDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
|
||
* limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
|
||
* is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
|
||
*
|
||
* The options are:
|
||
*
|
||
* - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
|
||
* - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
|
||
* - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
|
||
* - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
|
||
* - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU or WinCache
|
||
* - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
|
||
* configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
|
||
* cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
|
||
*
|
||
* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
|
||
* is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
|
||
*
|
||
* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cache type for storing session data.
|
||
*
|
||
* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
|
||
* which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
|
||
*
|
||
* For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Advanced object cache configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
|
||
* for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
|
||
* referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
|
||
* or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
|
||
*
|
||
* The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
|
||
* the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
|
||
* class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
|
||
* given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgObjectCaches = [
|
||
CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => EmptyBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
|
||
CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
|
||
|
||
CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
|
||
CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
|
||
CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
|
||
|
||
'db-replicated' => [
|
||
'class' => ReplicatedBagOStuff::class,
|
||
'readFactory' => [
|
||
'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newFromParams',
|
||
'args' => [ [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'replicaOnly' => true ] ]
|
||
],
|
||
'writeFactory' => [
|
||
'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newFromParams',
|
||
'args' => [ [ 'class' => SqlBagOStuff::class, 'replicaOnly' => false ] ]
|
||
],
|
||
'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
|
||
'reportDupes' => false
|
||
],
|
||
'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPhpBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
|
||
'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => MemcachedPeclBagOStuff::class, 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
|
||
'hash' => [ 'class' => HashBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
|
||
|
||
// Deprecated since 1.35.
|
||
// - To configure a wg*CacheType variable to use the local server cache,
|
||
// use CACHE_ACCEL instead, which will select these automatically.
|
||
// - To access the object for the local server cache at run-time,
|
||
// use MediaWikiServices::getLocalServerObjectCache()
|
||
// instead of e.g. ObjectCache::getInstance( 'apcu' ).
|
||
// - To instantiate a new one of these explicitly, do so directly
|
||
// by using `new APCUBagOStuff( [ … ] )`
|
||
// - To instantiate a new one of these including auto-detection and fallback,
|
||
// use ObjectCache::makeLocalServerCache().
|
||
'apc' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
|
||
'apcu' => [ 'class' => APCUBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
|
||
'wincache' => [ 'class' => WinCacheBagOStuff::class, 'reportDupes' => false ],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Main Wide-Area-Network cache type.
|
||
*
|
||
* By default, this will wrap $wgMainCacheType (which is disabled, since the basic
|
||
* stock default of CACHE_DB is not fast enough to make it worthwhile).
|
||
*
|
||
* For single server or single data-center setup, setting $wgMainCacheType
|
||
* is enough.
|
||
*
|
||
* For a multiple data-center setup, WANObjectCache should be configured to
|
||
* broadcast some if its operations using Mcrouter or Dynomite.
|
||
* See @ref wanobjectcache-deployment "Deploying WANObjectCache".
|
||
*
|
||
* The options are:
|
||
* - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
|
||
* a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
|
||
* - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
|
||
* - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
|
||
* configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMainWANCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* The format is an associative array where the key is an identifier
|
||
* that may be referenced by $wgMainWANCache, and the value is an array of options:
|
||
*
|
||
* - class: (Required) The class to use (must be WANObjectCache or a subclass).
|
||
* - cacheId: (Required) A cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches.
|
||
* - secret: (Optional) Stable secret for hashing long strings in key components.
|
||
* Default: $wgSecretKey.
|
||
*
|
||
* Any other options are treated as constructor parameters to WANObjectCache,
|
||
* except for 'cache', 'logger', 'stats' and 'asyncHandler' which are
|
||
* unconditionally set by MediaWiki core's ServiceWiring.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgWANObjectCaches'memcached-php' => [
|
||
* 'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
|
||
* 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWANObjectCaches = [
|
||
CACHE_NONE => [
|
||
'class' => WANObjectCache::class,
|
||
'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
|
||
*
|
||
* These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
|
||
* This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
|
||
* as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
|
||
* related to important mutable content will be checked.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.29
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The object store type of the main stash.
|
||
*
|
||
* This store should be a very fast storage system optimized for holding lightweight data
|
||
* like incrementable hit counters and current user activity. The store should replicate the
|
||
* dataset among all data-centers. Any add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() operations should
|
||
* maintain "best effort" linearizability; as long as connectivity is strong, latency is low,
|
||
* and there is no eviction pressure prompted by low free space, those operations should be
|
||
* linearizable. In terms of PACELC (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/PACELC_theorem), the store
|
||
* should act as a PA/EL distributed system for these operations. One optimization for these
|
||
* operations is to route them to a "primary" data-center (e.g. one that serves HTTP POST) for
|
||
* synchronous execution and then replicate to the others asynchronously. This means that at
|
||
* least calls to these operations during HTTP POST requests would quickly return.
|
||
*
|
||
* All other operations, such as get(), set(), delete(), changeTTL(), incr(), and decr(),
|
||
* should be synchronous in the local data-center, replicating asynchronously to the others.
|
||
* This behavior can be overriden by the use of the WRITE_SYNC and READ_LATEST flags.
|
||
*
|
||
* The store should *preferably* have eventual consistency to handle network partitions.
|
||
*
|
||
* Modules that rely on the stash should be prepared for:
|
||
* - add(), merge(), lock(), and unlock() to be slower than other write operations,
|
||
* at least in "secondary" data-centers (e.g. one that only serves HTTP GET/HEAD)
|
||
* - Other write operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
|
||
* - Read operations to have race conditions accross data-centers
|
||
* - Consistency to be either eventual (with Last-Write-Wins) or just "best effort"
|
||
*
|
||
* In general, this means avoiding updates during idempotent HTTP requests (GET/HEAD) and
|
||
* avoiding assumptions of true linearizability (e.g. accepting anomalies). Modules that need
|
||
* these kind of guarantees should use other storage mediums.
|
||
*
|
||
* Valid options are the keys of $wgObjectCaches, e.g. CACHE_* constants.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
|
||
* The default is 86400 (one day).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
|
||
*
|
||
* If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
|
||
*
|
||
* If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
|
||
* session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
|
||
* SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
|
||
* others' cookies.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @var string
|
||
* - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
|
||
* - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
|
||
* - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
|
||
* requests.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
|
||
*
|
||
* This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
|
||
*
|
||
* The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
|
||
* maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
|
||
* messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
|
||
* been customised in the site content language. This means that
|
||
* MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
|
||
* This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Localisation cache configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* Used by Language::getLocalisationCache() to decide how to construct the
|
||
* LocalisationCache instance. Associative array with keys:
|
||
*
|
||
* class: The class to use for constructing the LocalisationCache object.
|
||
* This may be overridden by extensions to a subclass of LocalisationCache.
|
||
* Sub classes are expected to still honor the 'storeClass', 'storeDirectory'
|
||
* and 'manualRecache' options where applicable.
|
||
*
|
||
* storeClass: Which LCStore class implementation to use. This is optional.
|
||
* The default LocalisationCache class offers the 'store' option
|
||
* as abstraction for this.
|
||
*
|
||
* store: How and where to store localisation cache data.
|
||
* This option is ignored if 'storeClass' is explicitly set to a class name.
|
||
* Must be one of:
|
||
* - 'detect' (default): Automatically select 'files' if 'storeDirectory'
|
||
* or $wgCacheDirectory is set, and fall back to 'db' otherwise.
|
||
* - 'files': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as CDB files.
|
||
* - 'array': Store in $wgCacheDirectory as PHP static array files.
|
||
* - 'db': Store in the l10n_cache database table.
|
||
*
|
||
* storeDirectory: If the selected LCStore class puts its data in files, then it
|
||
* will use this directory. If set to false (default), then
|
||
* $wgCacheDirectory is used instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
|
||
* Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
|
||
'class' => LocalisationCache::class,
|
||
'store' => 'detect',
|
||
'storeClass' => false,
|
||
'storeDirectory' => false,
|
||
'storeServer' => [],
|
||
'forceRecache' => false,
|
||
'manualRecache' => false,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow client-side caching of pages
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCachePages = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
|
||
* client-side and server-side caching.
|
||
* You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
|
||
* @verbatim
|
||
* date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
|
||
* @endverbatim
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
|
||
* $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
|
||
* database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
|
||
* language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseFileCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
|
||
* $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
|
||
* the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
|
||
* be put directly into the main file cache directory.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
|
||
* that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRenderHashAppend = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
|
||
* current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
|
||
* by shaving off extra message lookups.
|
||
*
|
||
* However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
|
||
* having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
|
||
* don't update as expected.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry time for the footer link cache, in seconds, or 0 if disabled
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFooterLinkCacheExpiry = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
|
||
* space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
|
||
*
|
||
* Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseGzip = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
|
||
* to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
|
||
* was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
|
||
*
|
||
* On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
|
||
* check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
|
||
* unnecessary cache invalidations.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
|
||
* can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
|
||
* one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
|
||
* which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var int|bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of cache settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
|
||
*
|
||
* Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
|
||
* although they are sometimes still referred to as Squid settings for
|
||
* historical reasons.
|
||
*
|
||
* Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special configuration.
|
||
* See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching
|
||
* for more details.
|
||
*
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable/disable CDN.
|
||
*
|
||
* See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Performance_tuning#Page_view_caching
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgUseSquid.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseCdn = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
|
||
* RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
|
||
* and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
|
||
* feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
|
||
* pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
|
||
* HTTP redirects.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVaryOnXFP = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInternalServer = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
|
||
* Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
|
||
* out s-maxage in the CDN config.
|
||
*
|
||
* 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidMaxage
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnMaxAge = 18000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
|
||
* @see $wgCdnMaxAge
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache timeout when delivering a stale ParserCache response due to PoolCounter
|
||
* contention.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnMaxageStale = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache TTL for the user agent sent as max-age, for logged out users.
|
||
* Only applies if $wgUseCdn is false.
|
||
* @see $wgUseCdn
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLoggedOutMaxAge = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
|
||
* this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
|
||
* This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
|
||
* replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
|
||
*
|
||
* This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
|
||
* If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
|
||
* it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
|
||
* will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
|
||
* a purge to all nodes, then the rebound purge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
|
||
* @see $wgCdnMaxAge
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
|
||
*
|
||
* 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
|
||
*
|
||
* When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
|
||
* headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
|
||
*
|
||
* For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServers.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnServers = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* As with $wgCdnServers, except these servers aren't purged on page changes;
|
||
* use to set a list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP
|
||
* addresses and CIDR blocks.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
|
||
* @since 1.34 Renamed from $wgSquidServersNoPurge
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCdnServersNoPurge = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
|
||
* configured in $wgCdnServers. Set this to false to support a CDN
|
||
* configured in forward-proxy mode.
|
||
*
|
||
* If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
|
||
* component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
|
||
* were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
|
||
* request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
|
||
* (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
|
||
* will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
|
||
* request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
|
||
* by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
|
||
* reverse).
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.33, will always be true in a future release.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
|
||
* enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
|
||
* array, HTCP is disabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
|
||
* URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
|
||
* the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
|
||
* is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
|
||
* multicast group and all other purges to another:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHTCPRouting = [
|
||
* '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
|
||
* 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
|
||
* 'port' => 4827,
|
||
* ],
|
||
* '' => [
|
||
* 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
|
||
* 'port' => 4827,
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
|
||
* you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
|
||
* given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHTCPRouting = [
|
||
* '' => [
|
||
* // Purges to text caches using multicast
|
||
* [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
* // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
|
||
* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
* [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
* @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTCPRouting = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* HTCP multicast TTL.
|
||
* @see $wgHTCPRouting
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
|
||
* MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
|
||
* see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
|
||
*
|
||
* Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
|
||
* LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
|
||
* for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
|
||
*
|
||
* This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
|
||
* change it in their preferences.
|
||
*
|
||
* This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
|
||
* in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
|
||
* via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLanguageCode = 'en';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
|
||
* simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
|
||
* Used in Language::convertGrammar().
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGrammarForms = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiMagic = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
|
||
* interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
|
||
* Notes:
|
||
* - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
|
||
* map.
|
||
* - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
|
||
* the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
|
||
* this array.
|
||
* - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
|
||
* placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
|
||
* the prefix in this array.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map of interlanguage link codes to language codes. This is useful to override
|
||
* what is shown as the language name when the interwiki code does not match it
|
||
* exactly
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterlanguageLinkCodeMap = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of mappings from one language code to another.
|
||
* This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
|
||
* installer.
|
||
*
|
||
* In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
|
||
* these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
|
||
* from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
|
||
* If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
|
||
* value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.29
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
|
||
// Language codes of macro languages, which get mapped to the main language
|
||
'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
|
||
'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
|
||
|
||
// Language variants which get mapped to the main language
|
||
'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
|
||
* appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.29
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
|
||
* regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
|
||
* impact.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
|
||
* loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
|
||
* converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
|
||
* burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
|
||
* user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
|
||
* continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLegacyEncoding = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
|
||
* create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
|
||
* the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
|
||
*
|
||
* This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
|
||
* requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
|
||
* to remain viewable.
|
||
*
|
||
* This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
|
||
* revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
|
||
* is 'dmy or mdy'.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAmericanDates = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
|
||
* numerals in interface.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTranslateNumerals = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
|
||
* Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to enable language variant conversion.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableLangConversion = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to enable the pig Latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
|
||
* used to ease variant development work.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
|
||
* $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisabledVariants = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
|
||
* path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
|
||
* language variant.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
|
||
* $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
|
||
* $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
|
||
*
|
||
* It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
|
||
* of $wgVariantArticlePath.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVariantArticlePath = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
|
||
* registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
|
||
* customise these.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
|
||
* should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
|
||
*
|
||
* For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
|
||
* so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
|
||
* and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
|
||
* link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
|
||
* sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
|
||
* and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
|
||
* the default behavior.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* To allow language-specific main page and community
|
||
* portal:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
|
||
* date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
|
||
* your server's OS-based timezone value.
|
||
*
|
||
* This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
|
||
* time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
|
||
*
|
||
* Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
|
||
* timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
|
||
*
|
||
* A list of usable timezones can found at:
|
||
* https://www.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Examples:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
|
||
* $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
|
||
* $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
|
||
* $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
|
||
* $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocaltimezone = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
|
||
* for anonymous users and new user accounts.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
|
||
* overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
|
||
*
|
||
* By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalTZoffset = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of Unicode characters for which capitalization is overridden in
|
||
* Language::ucfirst. The characters should be
|
||
* represented as char_to_convert => conversion_override. See T219279 for details
|
||
* on why this is useful during php version transitions.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning: EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOverrideUcfirstCharacters = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Output format and skin settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The default Content-Type header.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMimeType = 'text/html';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Defines the value of the version attribute in the <html> tag, if any.
|
||
*
|
||
* If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
|
||
* Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
|
||
* See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
|
||
* @since 1.16
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHtml5Version = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
|
||
* Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
|
||
* This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
|
||
* Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
|
||
* Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
|
||
* stable and change has been communicated.
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
|
||
* as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
|
||
* "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
|
||
* element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Site notice shown at the top of each page
|
||
*
|
||
* MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
|
||
* provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
|
||
* MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSiteNotice = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
|
||
* change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
|
||
* available skins in user preferences.
|
||
*
|
||
* NOTE: This does not uninstall the skin, and it will still be accessible
|
||
* via the `useskin` query parameter. To uninstall a skin, remove its inclusion
|
||
* from LocalSettings.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see Skin::getAllowedSkins
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSkipSkins = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow user Javascript page?
|
||
* This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
|
||
* increase security risk to users and server load.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowUserJs = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
|
||
* This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
|
||
* increase security risk to users and server load.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowUserCss = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow style-related user-preferences?
|
||
*
|
||
* This controls whether the `editfont` and `underline` preferences
|
||
* are available to users.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use the site's Javascript page?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseSiteJs = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseSiteCss = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
|
||
* or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBreakFrames = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
|
||
* attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
|
||
* in a frame or iframe. The options are:
|
||
*
|
||
* - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
|
||
*
|
||
* - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
|
||
* to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
|
||
* is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
|
||
*
|
||
* - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
|
||
* full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
|
||
* corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
|
||
* recommended.
|
||
*
|
||
* For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
|
||
* not just edit pages.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
|
||
* header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
|
||
* framed can compromise your user's account security.
|
||
* Options are:
|
||
* - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
|
||
* - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
|
||
* - false: Allow all framing.
|
||
* Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* How should section IDs be encoded?
|
||
* This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
|
||
* - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
|
||
* characters in most browsers' address bars.
|
||
* - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
|
||
*
|
||
* The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
|
||
* is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
|
||
* a page.
|
||
*
|
||
* The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
|
||
* If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
|
||
* id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
|
||
* would still work.
|
||
*
|
||
* Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
|
||
*
|
||
* On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
|
||
* all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
|
||
* flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
|
||
* generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
|
||
* still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
|
||
* set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
|
||
* fragment mode is used.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy', 'html5' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
|
||
* for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
|
||
* this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
|
||
* to 'html5'.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
|
||
* You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
|
||
* a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
|
||
* of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
|
||
* The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
|
||
* by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
|
||
* turns it into mw_poweredby.
|
||
* The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
|
||
* In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
|
||
* be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
|
||
* This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
|
||
* The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
|
||
* directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
|
||
* for the icon, the following keys are used:
|
||
* - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
|
||
* but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
|
||
* - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
|
||
* - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
|
||
* not be outputted
|
||
* - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
|
||
* skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
|
||
* the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
|
||
* - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
|
||
* you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
|
||
* Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
|
||
* @todo Reformat documentation.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFooterIcons = [
|
||
"copyright" => [
|
||
"copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
|
||
],
|
||
"poweredby" => [
|
||
"mediawiki" => [
|
||
// Defaults to point at
|
||
// "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
|
||
// plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
|
||
"src" => null,
|
||
"url" => "https://www.mediawiki.org/",
|
||
"alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
|
||
]
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
|
||
* to create an account.
|
||
* - true = use a combined login / create account link
|
||
* - false = split login and create account into two separate links
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEdititis = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
|
||
* status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
|
||
* host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
|
||
* set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
|
||
* that the generated error pages can be seen.
|
||
*
|
||
* In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
|
||
* send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
|
||
* this configuration variable is ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSend404Code = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
|
||
* The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
|
||
* determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
|
||
* If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
|
||
* from hiding some useless rollback links.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
|
||
* server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
|
||
* detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
|
||
* unconditionally.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
|
||
* <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
|
||
* cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
|
||
* the domain root.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of output format settings }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name ResourceLoader settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Define extra client-side modules to be registered with ResourceLoader.
|
||
*
|
||
* NOTE: It is recommended to define modules in extension.json or skin.json
|
||
* whenever possible.
|
||
*
|
||
* ## Using resource modules
|
||
*
|
||
* By default modules are registered as an instance of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
|
||
* You find the relevant code in resources/Resources.php. These are the options:
|
||
*
|
||
* ### class
|
||
*
|
||
* Alternate subclass of ResourceLoaderModule (rather than default ResourceLoaderFileModule).
|
||
* If this is used, some of the other properties may not apply, and you can specify your
|
||
* own arguments. Since MediaWiki 1.30, it may now specify a callback function as an
|
||
* alternative to a plain class name, using the factory key in the module description array.
|
||
* This allows dependency injection to be used for %ResourceLoader modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* Class name of alternate subclass
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => ResourceLoaderWikiModule::class,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### debugScripts
|
||
*
|
||
* Scripts to include in debug contexts.
|
||
*
|
||
* %File path string or array of file path strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'debugScripts' => 'resources/MyExtension/debugMyExt.js',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### dependencies
|
||
*
|
||
* Modules which must be loaded before this module.
|
||
*
|
||
* Module name string or array of module name strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'mediawiki.util' ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### deprecated
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether the module is deprecated and usage is discouraged.
|
||
*
|
||
* Either a boolean, or a string or an object with key message can be used to customise
|
||
* deprecation message.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'deprecated' => 'You should use ext.myExtension2 instead',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### group
|
||
*
|
||
* Group which this module should be loaded together with.
|
||
*
|
||
* Group name string.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'group' => 'myExtGroup',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* See also
|
||
* [Groups](https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Special:MyLanguage/ResourceLoader/Features#Groups)
|
||
* on mediawiki.org.
|
||
*
|
||
* ### languageScripts
|
||
*
|
||
* Scripts to include in specific language contexts. See the scripts option below for an
|
||
* example.
|
||
*
|
||
* Array keyed by language code containing file path string or array of file path strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* ### localBasePath
|
||
*
|
||
* Base path to prepend to all local paths in $options. Defaults to $IP.
|
||
*
|
||
* Base path string
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### messages
|
||
*
|
||
* Messages to always load
|
||
*
|
||
* Array of message key strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'messages' => [
|
||
* 'searchsuggest-search',
|
||
* 'searchsuggest-containing',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### noflip
|
||
*
|
||
* Whether to skip CSSJanus LTR-to-RTL flipping for this module. Recommended for styles
|
||
* imported from libraries that already properly handle their RTL styles. Default is false,
|
||
* meaning CSSJanus will be applied on RTL-mode output.
|
||
*
|
||
* Boolean.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'noflip' => true,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### packageFiles
|
||
*
|
||
* Package files that can be require()d. 'packageFiles' cannot be combined with any of the
|
||
* scripts options: 'scripts', 'languageScripts' and 'debugScripts'.
|
||
*
|
||
* String or array of package file.
|
||
*
|
||
* ### remoteBasePath
|
||
*
|
||
* Base path to prepend to all remote paths in $options. Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
|
||
* Cannot be combined with remoteExtPath.
|
||
*
|
||
* Base path string
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'remoteBasePath' => '/w/extensions/MyExtension',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### remoteExtPath
|
||
*
|
||
* Equivalent of remoteBasePath, but relative to $wgExtensionAssetsPath. Cannot be
|
||
* combined with remoteBasePath
|
||
*
|
||
* Base path string
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### scripts
|
||
*
|
||
* Scripts to always include.
|
||
*
|
||
* %File path string or array of file path strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'languageScripts' => [
|
||
* 'bs' => 'extensions/MyExtension/languages/bs.js',
|
||
* 'fi' => 'extensions/MyExtension/languages/fi.js',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* 'scripts' => [
|
||
* 'extensions/MyExtension/myExtension.js',
|
||
* 'extensions/MyExtension/utils.js',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### skinScripts
|
||
*
|
||
* Scripts to include in specific skin contexts.
|
||
*
|
||
* Array keyed by skin name containing file path string or array of file path strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'skinScripts' => [
|
||
* 'default' => 'extensions/MyExtension/default-skin-overrides.js',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### skinStyles
|
||
*
|
||
* Styles to include in specific skin contexts. (mapping of skin name to style(s))
|
||
* See $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles below for an example.
|
||
*
|
||
* Array keyed by skin name containing file path string or array of file path strings.
|
||
*
|
||
* ### skipFunction
|
||
*
|
||
* Function that returns true when the module should be skipped. Intended for when the
|
||
* module provides a polyfill that is not required in modern browsers
|
||
*
|
||
* Filename of a JavaScript file with a top-level return (it should not be wrapped in a
|
||
* function).
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'skipFunction' => 'myext-polyfill-needed.js',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### styles
|
||
*
|
||
* Styles to always include in the module.
|
||
*
|
||
* %File path string or list of file path strings. The included file can be automatically
|
||
* wrapped in a @media query by specifying the file path as the key in an object, with
|
||
* the value specifying the media query.
|
||
*
|
||
* See $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles below for additional examples.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['example'] = [
|
||
* 'styles' => [
|
||
* 'foo.css',
|
||
* 'bar.css',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['example.media'] = [
|
||
* 'styles' => [
|
||
* 'foo.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['example.mixed'] = [
|
||
* 'styles' => [
|
||
* 'foo.css',
|
||
* 'bar.css' => [ 'media' => 'print' ],
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### targets
|
||
*
|
||
* %ResourceLoader target the module can run on.
|
||
*
|
||
* String or array of targets.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'targets' => [ 'desktop', 'mobile' ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* ### templates
|
||
*
|
||
* Templates to be loaded for client-side usage.
|
||
*
|
||
* Object or array of templates.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
|
||
* 'templates' => [
|
||
* 'templates/template.html',
|
||
* 'templates/template2.html',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Add extra skin-specific styles to a resource module.
|
||
*
|
||
* These are automatically added by ResourceLoader to the 'skinStyles' list of
|
||
* the existing module. The 'styles' list cannot be modified or disabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* For example, below a module "bar" is defined and skin Foo provides additional
|
||
* styles for it:
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
|
||
* ];
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
* 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* This is effectively equivalent to:
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Equivalent:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
|
||
* 'skinStyles' => [
|
||
* 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
|
||
* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
|
||
*
|
||
* If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
|
||
* of replacing it. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
|
||
* 'skinStyles' => [
|
||
* 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* // Note the '+' character:
|
||
* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
* '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* This is effectively equivalent to:
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Equivalent:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
|
||
* 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
|
||
* 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
|
||
* 'skinStyles' => [
|
||
* 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
* 'foo' => [
|
||
* 'resources/bar/additional.css',
|
||
* 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
|
||
* disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
|
||
* use `skinStyles['default']`.
|
||
*
|
||
* As with $wgResourceModules, always set the localBasePath and remoteBasePath
|
||
* keys (or one of remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
|
||
* 'bar' => 'bar.css',
|
||
* 'quux' => 'quux.css',
|
||
* 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
|
||
* 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
|
||
* built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
|
||
* ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
|
||
* Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceBasePath = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
|
||
* Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
|
||
*
|
||
* Following options to distinguish:
|
||
* - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
|
||
* numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
|
||
* - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
|
||
* quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
|
||
* This normally has a short expiry time.
|
||
*
|
||
* Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
|
||
* - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
|
||
* client and MediaWiki.
|
||
* - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
|
||
'versioned' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
|
||
'unversioned' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use the main stash instead of the module_deps table for indirect dependency tracking
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderUseObjectCacheForDeps = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
|
||
*
|
||
* This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
|
||
*
|
||
* If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
|
||
* work.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example of legacy code:
|
||
* @code{,js}
|
||
* if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* or:
|
||
* @code{,js}
|
||
* if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
|
||
* @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
|
||
* @code{,js}
|
||
* if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* or:
|
||
* @code{,js}
|
||
* if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose query string is more than
|
||
* this many characters long, and will instead use multiple requests with
|
||
* shorter query strings. Using multiple requests may degrade performance,
|
||
* but may be needed based on the query string limit supported by your web
|
||
* server and/or your user's web browsers.
|
||
*
|
||
* Default: `2000`.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see ResourceLoaderStartUpModule::getMaxQueryLength
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
* @var int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
|
||
* prior to minification to validate it.
|
||
*
|
||
* Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
|
||
* which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When enabled, execution of JavaScript modules is profiled client-side.
|
||
*
|
||
* Instrumentation happens in mw.loader.profiler.
|
||
* Use `mw.inspect('time')` from the browser console to display the data.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderEnableJSProfiler = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
|
||
* browsers that support the Web Storage API.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
|
||
* invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
|
||
* restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
|
||
* JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
|
||
* execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
|
||
* potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
|
||
* site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
|
||
* from the rest of the site.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use the development version of Vue.js. This should be disabled
|
||
* for production installations. For development installations, enabling this
|
||
* provides useful additional warnings and checks.
|
||
*
|
||
* Even when this is disabled, using ResourceLoader's debug mode (?debug=true)
|
||
* will cause the development version to be loaded.
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVueDevelopmentMode = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Page title and interwiki link settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
|
||
* used instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMetaNamespace = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Name of the project talk namespace.
|
||
*
|
||
* Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
|
||
* $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
|
||
* manually for grammatical reasons.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
|
||
* Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
|
||
* to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
|
||
* names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
|
||
* hook or extension.json.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
|
||
* no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
|
||
* the new namespace name.
|
||
*
|
||
* Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
|
||
* namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExtraNamespaces = [
|
||
* 100 => "Hilfe",
|
||
* 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
|
||
* 102 => "Aide",
|
||
* 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraNamespaces = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
|
||
* Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
|
||
* using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
|
||
* @since 1.18
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Define extra namespace aliases.
|
||
*
|
||
* These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
|
||
* are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
|
||
* requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
|
||
* name.
|
||
*
|
||
* Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgNamespaceAliases = [
|
||
* 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
|
||
* 'Help' => 100,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @see Language::getNamespaceAliases for accessing the full list of aliases,
|
||
* including those defined by other means.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespaceAliases = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allowed title characters -- regex character class
|
||
* Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
|
||
*
|
||
* Problematic punctuation:
|
||
* - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
|
||
* - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
|
||
* - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
|
||
* - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
|
||
* corrupted by apache
|
||
* - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
|
||
*
|
||
* All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
|
||
* instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
|
||
*
|
||
* The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
|
||
* double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
|
||
* %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
|
||
* for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
|
||
* passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
|
||
* because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
|
||
*
|
||
* In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array for local interwiki values, for each of the interwiki prefixes that point to
|
||
* the current wiki.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array. See $wgRCFeeds.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalInterwikis = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @name Interwiki caching settings.
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
|
||
* database (.cdb) file.
|
||
*
|
||
* This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
|
||
* script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
|
||
* formats such as the following:
|
||
*
|
||
* - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
|
||
* - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
|
||
* - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
|
||
* - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
|
||
*
|
||
* Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
|
||
* data layout.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool|array|string
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiCache = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specify number of domains to check for messages.
|
||
* - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
|
||
* - 2: wiki and global levels
|
||
* - 3: site levels
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
|
||
* set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
|
||
* as 'redirected from' links.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* It might look something like this:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
|
||
* This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
|
||
* the URL.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRedirectSources = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
|
||
* appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
|
||
* same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCapitalLinks = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such as Special, see
|
||
* NamespaceInfo::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be true by default (and
|
||
* setting them has no effect), due to various things that require them to be so. Also, since Talk
|
||
* namespaces need to directly mirror their associated content namespaces, the values for those are
|
||
* ignored in favor of the subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically
|
||
* from NS_FILE.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Which namespaces should support subpages?
|
||
* See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
|
||
NS_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_USER => true,
|
||
NS_USER_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_PROJECT => true,
|
||
NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_FILE_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
|
||
NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_TEMPLATE => true,
|
||
NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_HELP => true,
|
||
NS_HELP_TALK => true,
|
||
NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array holding default tracking category names.
|
||
*
|
||
* Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
|
||
* Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
|
||
* It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
|
||
*
|
||
* A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
|
||
* to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
|
||
* the new extension registration system.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTrackingCategories = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
|
||
* as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
|
||
* contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
|
||
* number of articles in the wiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
|
||
* Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
|
||
* be shown on that page.
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
|
||
* (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
|
||
* Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
|
||
* For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
|
||
* intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
|
||
* 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
|
||
* 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxRedirects = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of invalid page redirect targets.
|
||
* Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
|
||
* will make the redirect fail.
|
||
* Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
|
||
* (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
|
||
*
|
||
* As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
|
||
* other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Parser settings
|
||
* These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
|
||
*
|
||
* class The class name
|
||
*
|
||
* The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
|
||
* the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
|
||
* the configuration will change at runtime via Parser member functions, so
|
||
* the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
|
||
* changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
|
||
* an extension setup function.
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35. This has been effectively a constant for a long
|
||
* time. Configuring the ParserFactory service is the modern way to tweak
|
||
* the default parser.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserConf = [
|
||
'class' => Parser::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum indent level of toc.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
|
||
* by PPFrame::expand()
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
|
||
* The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
|
||
* and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
|
||
* stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
|
||
*
|
||
* WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
|
||
* Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
|
||
* to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
|
||
* more information.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see wfParseUrl
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUrlProtocols = [
|
||
'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
|
||
'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
|
||
'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
|
||
'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCleanSignatures = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowExternalImages = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
|
||
* that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
|
||
* You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
|
||
* You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Examples:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
|
||
* $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
|
||
* allow list of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
|
||
* against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
|
||
* the image will be displayed.
|
||
*
|
||
* Set this to true to enable the on-wiki allow list (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
|
||
* Or false to disable it
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.14
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableImageWhitelist = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
|
||
* This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
|
||
* your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
|
||
* will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
|
||
* addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
|
||
* sites they control.
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35; register an extension tag named <img> instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowImageTag = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
|
||
* array to enable an external tool. By default, we now use the RemexHtml
|
||
* library; historically, other postprocessors were used.
|
||
*
|
||
* Setting this to null will use default settings.
|
||
*
|
||
* Keys include:
|
||
* - driver: formerly used to select a postprocessor; now ignored.
|
||
* - treeMutationTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
* - serializerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
* - mungerTrace: a boolean to turn on Remex tracing
|
||
* - pwrap: whether <p> wrapping should be done (default true)
|
||
*
|
||
* See includes/tidy/RemexDriver.php for detail on configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* Overriding the default configuration is strongly discouraged in
|
||
* production.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTidyConfig = [ 'driver' => 'RemexHtml' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
|
||
* THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE $wgGroupPermissions
|
||
* TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRawHtml = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
|
||
*
|
||
* This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
|
||
* attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
|
||
* Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
|
||
* setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
|
||
* to some of your users.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
|
||
* rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
|
||
* they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
|
||
* are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNoFollowLinks = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
|
||
* See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
|
||
* (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
|
||
* value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
|
||
*
|
||
* This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
|
||
* en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
|
||
* etc.
|
||
*
|
||
* Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
|
||
* canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
|
||
* which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
|
||
* PAGESINCATEGORY.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Preprocessor caching threshold
|
||
* Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in object cache.
|
||
* Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
|
||
* PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableMagicLinks = [
|
||
'ISBN' => false,
|
||
'PMID' => false,
|
||
'RFC' => false
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of parser settings }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Statistics
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
|
||
* as a valid article.
|
||
*
|
||
* Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
|
||
*
|
||
* This variable can have the following values:
|
||
* - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
|
||
* - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
|
||
*
|
||
* See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
|
||
*
|
||
* Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
|
||
* to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
|
||
* script.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
|
||
* the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
|
||
* {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
|
||
* You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
|
||
* numbers between different wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgActiveUserDays = 30;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of statistics }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name User accounts, authentication
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Central ID lookup providers
|
||
* Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
|
||
'local' => [ 'class' => LocalIdLookup::class ],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Central ID lookup provider to use by default
|
||
* @var string
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Password policy for the wiki.
|
||
* Structured as
|
||
* [
|
||
* 'policies' => [ <group> => [ <policy> => <settings>, ... ], ... ],
|
||
* 'checks' => [ <policy> => <callback>, ... ],
|
||
* ]
|
||
* where <group> is a user group, <policy> is a password policy name
|
||
* (arbitrary string) defined in the 'checks' part, <callback> is the
|
||
* PHP callable implementing the policy check, <settings> is an array
|
||
* of options with the following keys:
|
||
* - value: (number, boolean or null) the value to pass to the callback
|
||
* - forceChange: (bool, default false) if the password is invalid, do
|
||
* not let the user log in without changing the password
|
||
* - suggestChangeOnLogin: (bool, default false) if true and the password is
|
||
* invalid, suggest a password change if logging in. If all the failing policies
|
||
* that apply to the user have this set to false, the password change
|
||
* screen will not be shown. 'forceChange' takes precedence over
|
||
* 'suggestChangeOnLogin' if they are both present.
|
||
* As a shorthand for [ 'value' => <value> ], simply <value> can be written.
|
||
* When multiple password policies are defined for a user, the settings
|
||
* arrays are merged, and for fields which are set in both arrays, the
|
||
* larger value (as understood by PHP's 'max' method) is taken.
|
||
*
|
||
* A user's effective policy is the superset of all policy statements
|
||
* from the policies for the groups where the user is a member. If more
|
||
* than one group policy include the same policy statement, the value is
|
||
* the max() of the values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group
|
||
* is required, and serves as the minimum policy for all users.
|
||
*
|
||
* Callbacks receive three arguments: the policy value, the User object
|
||
* and the password; and must return a StatusValue. A non-good status
|
||
* means the password will not be accepted for new accounts, and existing
|
||
* accounts will be prompted for password change or barred from logging in
|
||
* (depending on whether the status is a fatal or merely error/warning).
|
||
*
|
||
* The checks supported by core are:
|
||
* - MinimalPasswordLength - Minimum length a user can set.
|
||
* - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - Passwords shorter than this will
|
||
* not be allowed to login, or offered a chance to reset their password
|
||
* as part of the login workflow, regardless if it is correct.
|
||
* - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
|
||
* to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
|
||
* - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match the username.
|
||
* - PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername - Password cannot be a substring
|
||
* (contained within) the username.
|
||
* - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
|
||
* match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
|
||
* Deprecated since 1.35, use PasswordCannotMatchDefaults instead.
|
||
* - PasswordCannotMatchDefaults - Username/password combination cannot
|
||
* match a list of default passwords used by MediaWiki in the past.
|
||
* - PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist - Password not in best practices list of
|
||
* 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
|
||
* is a probabilistic test.
|
||
* Deprecated since 1.35, use PasswordNotInCommonList instead.
|
||
* - PasswordNotInCommonList - Password not in best practices list of
|
||
* 100,000 commonly used passwords. Due to the size of the list this
|
||
* is a probabilistic test.
|
||
*
|
||
* If you add custom checks, for Special:PasswordPolicies to display them correctly,
|
||
* every check should have a corresponding passwordpolicies-policy-<check> message,
|
||
* and every settings field other than 'value' should have a corresponding
|
||
* passwordpolicies-policyflag-<flag> message (<check> and <flag> are in lowercase).
|
||
* The check message receives the policy value as a parameter, the flag message
|
||
* receives the flag value (or values if it's an array).
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
* @see PasswordPolicyChecks
|
||
* @see User::checkPasswordValidity()
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordPolicy = [
|
||
'policies' => [
|
||
'bureaucrat' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
|
||
'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
|
||
],
|
||
'sysop' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
|
||
'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
|
||
],
|
||
'interface-admin' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
|
||
'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
|
||
],
|
||
'bot' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => 10,
|
||
'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
|
||
],
|
||
'default' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 1, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
|
||
'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
|
||
'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' => [
|
||
'value' => true,
|
||
'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true
|
||
],
|
||
'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
|
||
'MaximalPasswordLength' => [ 'value' => 4096, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
|
||
'PasswordNotInCommonList' => [ 'value' => true, 'suggestChangeOnLogin' => true ],
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
'checks' => [
|
||
'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
|
||
'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
|
||
'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
|
||
'PasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername' =>
|
||
'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotBeSubstringInUsername',
|
||
'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults',
|
||
'PasswordCannotMatchDefaults' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchDefaults',
|
||
'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
|
||
'PasswordNotInLargeBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInCommonList',
|
||
'PasswordNotInCommonList' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordNotInCommonList',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configure AuthManager
|
||
*
|
||
* All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
|
||
* structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
|
||
* providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
|
||
* (default is 0).
|
||
*
|
||
* Elements are:
|
||
* - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
|
||
* - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
|
||
* - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
|
||
* used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
|
||
* scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
|
||
* auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
|
||
'preauth' => [
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'sort' => 0,
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
'primaryauth' => [
|
||
// TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
|
||
// any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
|
||
// PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
|
||
// FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
|
||
// won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
|
||
// auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
|
||
// probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'args' => [ [
|
||
// Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
|
||
'authoritative' => false,
|
||
] ],
|
||
'sort' => 0,
|
||
],
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'args' => [ [
|
||
// Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
|
||
// a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
|
||
// authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
|
||
// password") if it too fails.
|
||
'authoritative' => true,
|
||
] ],
|
||
'sort' => 100,
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
'secondaryauth' => [
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'sort' => 0,
|
||
],
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'sort' => 100,
|
||
],
|
||
// Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
|
||
// MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
// 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
// 'sort' => 100,
|
||
// ],
|
||
MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
|
||
'sort' => 200,
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Time frame for re-authentication.
|
||
*
|
||
* With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
|
||
* their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
|
||
* changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
|
||
* not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
|
||
* third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
|
||
* both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
|
||
* - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
|
||
* that needs to do this.
|
||
* - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
|
||
* the last X seconds.
|
||
* - Come up with a third option.
|
||
*
|
||
* MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
|
||
* "X seconds".
|
||
*
|
||
* This allows for configuring different time frames for different
|
||
* "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
|
||
* - LinkAccounts
|
||
* - UnlinkAccount
|
||
* - ChangeCredentials
|
||
* - RemoveCredentials
|
||
* - ChangeEmail
|
||
*
|
||
* Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
|
||
* calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
|
||
* ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
|
||
* SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
|
||
* SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
|
||
* AuthManagerSpecialPage.
|
||
*
|
||
* The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReauthenticateTime = [
|
||
'default' => 300,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
|
||
*
|
||
* If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
|
||
* SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
|
||
* AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
|
||
* SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
|
||
* that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
|
||
*
|
||
* The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @see $wgReauthenticateTime
|
||
* @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
|
||
'default' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
|
||
* Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
|
||
* This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
|
||
* AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
|
||
* Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @var string[]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
|
||
\MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
|
||
* Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
|
||
* This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
|
||
* AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
|
||
* Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @var string[]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
|
||
\MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
|
||
* words are allowed.
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
|
||
*
|
||
* It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
|
||
* allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
|
||
* this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
|
||
* the maximum will not be able to log in.
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
|
||
* password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default password type to use when hashing user passwords.
|
||
*
|
||
* Must be set to a type defined in $wgPasswordConfig, or a type that
|
||
* is registered by default in PasswordFactory.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
|
||
* to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
|
||
* use. All other options are class-dependent.
|
||
*
|
||
* An advanced example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => EncryptedPassword::class,
|
||
* 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
|
||
* 'secrets' => [
|
||
* hash( 'sha256', 'secret', true ),
|
||
* ],
|
||
* 'cipher' => 'aes-256-cbc',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordConfig = [
|
||
'A' => [
|
||
'class' => MWOldPassword::class,
|
||
],
|
||
'B' => [
|
||
'class' => MWSaltedPassword::class,
|
||
],
|
||
'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
|
||
'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
|
||
'types' => [
|
||
'A',
|
||
'pbkdf2',
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
|
||
'class' => LayeredParameterizedPassword::class,
|
||
'types' => [
|
||
'B',
|
||
'pbkdf2',
|
||
],
|
||
],
|
||
'bcrypt' => [
|
||
'class' => BcryptPassword::class,
|
||
'cost' => 9,
|
||
],
|
||
'pbkdf2' => [
|
||
'class' => Pbkdf2Password::class,
|
||
'algo' => 'sha512',
|
||
'cost' => '30000',
|
||
'length' => '64',
|
||
],
|
||
'argon2' => [
|
||
'class' => Argon2Password::class,
|
||
|
||
// Algorithm used:
|
||
// * 'argon2i' is optimized against side-channel attacks (PHP 7.2+)
|
||
// * 'argon2id' is optimized against both side-channel and GPU cracking (PHP 7.3+)
|
||
// * 'auto' to use best available algorithm. If you're using more than one server, be
|
||
// careful when you're mixing PHP versions because newer PHP might generate hashes that
|
||
// older versions might would not understand.
|
||
'algo' => 'auto',
|
||
|
||
// The parameters below are the same as options accepted by password_hash().
|
||
// Set them to override that function's defaults.
|
||
//
|
||
// 'memory_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_MEMORY_COST,
|
||
// 'time_cost' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_TIME_COST,
|
||
// 'threads' => PASSWORD_ARGON2_DEFAULT_THREADS,
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
|
||
* with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
|
||
* various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
|
||
* has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
|
||
'username' => true,
|
||
'email' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxSigChars = 255;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Behavior of signature validation. Allowed values are:
|
||
* - 'warning' - invalid signatures cause a warning to be displayed on the preferences page, but
|
||
* they are still used when signing comments; new invalid signatures can still be saved as normal
|
||
* - 'new' - existing invalid signatures behave as above; new invalid signatures can't be saved
|
||
* - 'disallow' - existing invalid signatures are no longer used when signing comments; new invalid
|
||
* signatures can't be saved
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSignatureValidation = 'warning';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of lint error codes which don't cause signature validation to fail.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Lint_errors
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSignatureAllowedLintErrors = [ 'obsolete-tag' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
|
||
* script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxNameChars = 255;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
|
||
* Maintenance scripts can still use these
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReservedUsernames = [
|
||
'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
|
||
'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
|
||
'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
|
||
'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
|
||
'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
|
||
'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter and RevisionStore for revisions with no author
|
||
'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
|
||
'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
|
||
'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
|
||
'msg:sorbs', // For $wgEnableDnsBlacklist etc.
|
||
'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
|
||
'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
|
||
* preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
|
||
* For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
|
||
* $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDefaultUserOptions = [
|
||
'ccmeonemails' => 0,
|
||
'date' => 'default',
|
||
'diffonly' => 0,
|
||
'disablemail' => 0,
|
||
'editfont' => 'monospace',
|
||
'editondblclick' => 0,
|
||
'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
|
||
'email-allow-new-users' => 1,
|
||
'enotifminoredits' => 0,
|
||
'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
|
||
'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
|
||
'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
|
||
'extendwatchlist' => 1,
|
||
'fancysig' => 0,
|
||
'forceeditsummary' => 0,
|
||
'gender' => 'unknown',
|
||
'hideminor' => 0,
|
||
'hidepatrolled' => 0,
|
||
'hidecategorization' => 1,
|
||
'imagesize' => 2,
|
||
'minordefault' => 0,
|
||
'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
|
||
'nickname' => '',
|
||
'norollbackdiff' => 0,
|
||
'numberheadings' => 0,
|
||
'previewonfirst' => 0,
|
||
'previewontop' => 1,
|
||
'rcdays' => 7,
|
||
'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
|
||
'rclimit' => 50,
|
||
'search-match-redirect' => true,
|
||
'showhiddencats' => 0,
|
||
'shownumberswatching' => 1,
|
||
'showrollbackconfirmation' => 0,
|
||
'skin' => false,
|
||
'stubthreshold' => 0,
|
||
'thumbsize' => 5,
|
||
'underline' => 2,
|
||
'uselivepreview' => 0,
|
||
'usenewrc' => 1,
|
||
'watchcreations' => 1,
|
||
'watchdefault' => 1,
|
||
'watchdeletion' => 0,
|
||
'watchuploads' => 1,
|
||
'watchlistdays' => 7.0,
|
||
'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthideown' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
|
||
'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
|
||
'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
|
||
'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
|
||
'watchmoves' => 0,
|
||
'watchrollback' => 0,
|
||
'wlenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
|
||
'wllimit' => 250,
|
||
'useeditwarning' => 1,
|
||
'prefershttps' => 1,
|
||
'requireemail' => 0,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of preferences to not show for the user
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHiddenPrefs = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Characters to prevent during new account creations.
|
||
* This is used in a regular expression character class during
|
||
* registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
|
||
* (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
|
||
* databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
|
||
*
|
||
* It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
|
||
* $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
|
||
* modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
|
||
* Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
|
||
* https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
|
||
* @since 1.17
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSecureLogin = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Versioning for authentication tokens.
|
||
*
|
||
* If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
|
||
* in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
|
||
* active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
* @var string|null
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
|
||
* to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionProviders = [
|
||
MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
|
||
'args' => [ [
|
||
'priority' => 30,
|
||
'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
|
||
] ],
|
||
],
|
||
MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
|
||
'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
|
||
'args' => [ [
|
||
'priority' => 75,
|
||
] ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Temporary feature flag that controls whether users will see a checkbox allowing them to
|
||
* require providing email during password resets.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated This feature is under development, don't assume this flag's existence or function
|
||
* outside of MediaWiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowRequiringEmailForResets = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end user accounts }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name User rights, access control and monitoring
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
|
||
*
|
||
* This only applies to sitewide blocks. Partial blocks always allow users to
|
||
* edit their own user talk page unless otherwise specified in the block
|
||
* restrictions.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
|
||
*
|
||
* CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
|
||
* /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
|
||
* half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
|
||
* blocked using a small number of range blocks.
|
||
*
|
||
* For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
|
||
* customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
|
||
* plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
|
||
* allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
|
||
* as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
|
||
'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
|
||
'IPv6' => 19,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
|
||
* a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
|
||
* avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
|
||
* logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
|
||
* anonymous visitors.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always allowed.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
|
||
* see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
|
||
* will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
|
||
* see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
|
||
*
|
||
* @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
|
||
* hook instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWhitelistRead = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
|
||
*
|
||
* This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
|
||
* is without underscore.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
|
||
* pages not intended to be allowed. The above example will also
|
||
* allow a page named 'Security Main Page'.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
|
||
*
|
||
* @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
|
||
* see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
|
||
* address before being allowed to edit?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
|
||
* Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Permission keys given to users in each group.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
|
||
* array of the format (right => boolean).
|
||
*
|
||
* The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
|
||
* Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
|
||
*
|
||
* All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
|
||
* logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
|
||
* combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
|
||
* in in the user_groups table.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
|
||
* doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
|
||
* unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
|
||
* when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
|
||
*
|
||
* Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
|
||
* for security. Use at your own risk!
|
||
*
|
||
* This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @cond file_level_code */
|
||
// Implicit group for all visitors
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
|
||
|
||
// Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyusercss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['editmyuserjsredirect'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
|
||
|
||
// Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
|
||
|
||
// Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
|
||
// from various log pages by default
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
|
||
|
||
// Most extra permission abilities go to this group
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
|
||
// can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
|
||
// can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
|
||
// can view deleted revision text
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsitejson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editinterface'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitecss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editsitejs'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['editusercss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['interface-admin']['edituserjs'] = true;
|
||
|
||
// Permission to change users' group assignments
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
|
||
// Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
|
||
// Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
|
||
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
|
||
// To hide usernames from users and Sysops
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
|
||
// To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
|
||
// To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
|
||
// For private suppression log access
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
|
||
// Basic rights for revision delete
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['deleterevision'] = true;
|
||
$wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['deletelogentry'] = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
|
||
* to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
|
||
* that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
|
||
* server.
|
||
*/
|
||
# $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @endcond */
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
|
||
*
|
||
* This acts the same way as $wgGroupPermissions above, except that
|
||
* if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
|
||
*
|
||
* Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
|
||
* certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRevokePermissions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
|
||
* are allowed to add or revoke.
|
||
*
|
||
* Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
|
||
* group".
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
|
||
* any group that they happen to be in.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
|
||
* You probably shouldn't change this.
|
||
* Translated through restriction-* messages.
|
||
* Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
|
||
* applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
|
||
*
|
||
* You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
|
||
* permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
|
||
* dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
|
||
*
|
||
* - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
|
||
* - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
|
||
* - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
|
||
*
|
||
* A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
|
||
* requested restriction level is included in this array.
|
||
*
|
||
* 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
* 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
|
||
*
|
||
* Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
|
||
* and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
|
||
* general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
|
||
* reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
|
||
* "semiprotected".
|
||
*
|
||
* 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
|
||
* 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
|
||
* namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
|
||
* have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespaceProtection = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
|
||
*
|
||
* Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
|
||
* namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
|
||
*
|
||
* Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
|
||
* which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
|
||
* implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
|
||
* privileges of new accounts.
|
||
*
|
||
* Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
|
||
* recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
|
||
*
|
||
* When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Set age to one day:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
|
||
* Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
|
||
*
|
||
* The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgAutopromote = [
|
||
* 'groupname' => cond,
|
||
* 'group2' => cond2,
|
||
* ];
|
||
*
|
||
* A `cond` may be:
|
||
* - a single condition without arguments:
|
||
* Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
|
||
* e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
|
||
* [ `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` ]
|
||
* - a single condition with arguments:
|
||
* e.g. `[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 ]`
|
||
* - a set of conditions:
|
||
* e.g. `[ 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... ]`
|
||
*
|
||
* When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
|
||
* - `&` (**AND**):
|
||
* promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
|
||
* - `|` (**OR**):
|
||
* promote if user matches **ANY** condition
|
||
* - `^` (**XOR**):
|
||
* promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
|
||
* - `!` (**NOT**):
|
||
* promote if user matces **NO** condition
|
||
* - [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ]:
|
||
* true if user has a confirmed e-mail
|
||
* - [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ]:
|
||
* true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
|
||
* - [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ]:
|
||
* true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
|
||
* is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
|
||
* - [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ]:
|
||
* true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
|
||
* is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
|
||
* - [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ]:
|
||
* true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
|
||
* - [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ]:
|
||
* true if the user has the passed IP address
|
||
* - [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ]:
|
||
* true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
|
||
* - [ APCOND_BLOCKED ]:
|
||
* true if the user is sitewide blocked
|
||
* - [ APCOND_ISBOT ]:
|
||
* true if the user is a bot
|
||
* - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
|
||
*
|
||
* The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
|
||
* linked by operands.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
|
||
* user who has provided an e-mail address.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutopromote = [
|
||
'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
|
||
[ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
|
||
[ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
|
||
*
|
||
* Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
|
||
* Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
|
||
*
|
||
* The format is:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* [ event => criteria, ... ]
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Where event is either:
|
||
* - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
|
||
*
|
||
* Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
|
||
*
|
||
* @see $wgAutopromote
|
||
* @since 1.18
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutopromoteOnce = [
|
||
'onEdit' => [],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
|
||
* @since 1.18
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
|
||
* can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Bureaucrats can add any group:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Sysops can make bots:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAddGroups = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @see $wgAddGroups
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRemoveGroups = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
|
||
* For extensions only.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAvailableRights = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
|
||
* to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Page deletions with > this number of revisions will use the job queue.
|
||
* Revisions will be archived in batches of (at most) this size, one batch per job.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDeleteRevisionsBatchSize = 1000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of edits a user can have and
|
||
* can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
|
||
* This is limited for performance reason.
|
||
* Set to false to disable the limit.
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
|
||
* // no more than 100 per month
|
||
* [
|
||
* 'count' => 100,
|
||
* 'seconds' => 30*86400,
|
||
* ],
|
||
* // no more than 10 per day
|
||
* [
|
||
* 'count' => 10,
|
||
* 'seconds' => 86400,
|
||
* ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
|
||
'count' => 0,
|
||
'seconds' => 86400,
|
||
] ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
|
||
* will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
|
||
*
|
||
* There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
|
||
* May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
|
||
*
|
||
* @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSpamRegex = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Same as the above except for edit summaries
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
|
||
* proxies
|
||
* @since 1.16
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
|
||
* the blacklist require a key).
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
|
||
* // String containing URL
|
||
* 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
|
||
* // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
|
||
* [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
|
||
* // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
|
||
* // just use a string as shown above
|
||
* [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
|
||
* eventual domain search suffixes.
|
||
* @since 1.16
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
|
||
* what the other methods might say.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgProxyWhitelist = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
|
||
* creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
|
||
* shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
|
||
* @since 1.29
|
||
* @var string[]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
|
||
* IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
|
||
* (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
|
||
*
|
||
* Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
|
||
* the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
|
||
* elapses.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRateLimits = [
|
||
* 'edit' => [
|
||
* 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
|
||
* 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
|
||
* 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
|
||
* 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
|
||
* 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
|
||
* 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
|
||
* ]
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
|
||
* limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
|
||
* special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRateLimits = [
|
||
* 'some-action' => [
|
||
* '&can-bypass' => false,
|
||
* 'user' => [ x, y ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRateLimits = [
|
||
// Page edits
|
||
'edit' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 90, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Page moves
|
||
'move' => [
|
||
'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// File uploads
|
||
'upload' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Page rollbacks
|
||
'rollback' => [
|
||
'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
|
||
],
|
||
// Triggering password resets emails
|
||
'mailpassword' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Emailing other users using MediaWiki
|
||
'emailuser' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
|
||
],
|
||
'changeemail' => [
|
||
'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
|
||
],
|
||
// since 1.33 - rate limit email confirmations
|
||
'confirmemail' => [
|
||
'ip-all' => [ 10, 3600 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 4, 86400 ]
|
||
],
|
||
// Purging pages
|
||
'purge' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Purges of link tables
|
||
'linkpurge' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
|
||
'renderfile' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
|
||
'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Stashing edits into cache before save
|
||
'stashedit' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Adding or removing change tags
|
||
'changetag' => [
|
||
'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
// Changing the content model of a page
|
||
'editcontentmodel' => [
|
||
'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
|
||
'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
|
||
* This may be useful for allowing NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
|
||
* extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
|
||
* Used for retroactive autoblocks
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPutIPinRC = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Integer defining default number of entries to show on
|
||
* special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
|
||
*
|
||
* Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
|
||
* (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
|
||
* If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
|
||
* just per account instead of per IP per account.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
|
||
* to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
|
||
* @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
|
||
// Short term limit
|
||
[ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
|
||
// Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
|
||
// of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
|
||
// out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
|
||
[ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @var array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
|
||
* Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
|
||
* a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
|
||
* The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
|
||
* "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
|
||
* account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
|
||
* nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions = [];
|
||
|
||
// @TODO: clean up grants
|
||
// @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autocreateaccount'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
|
||
|
||
// FIXME: Rename editmycssjs to editmyconfig
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyuserjson'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjson'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editsitejson'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editusercss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['edituserjs'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitecss'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editsiteconfig']['editsitejs'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['suppressredirect'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['oversight']['suppressrevision'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
|
||
|
||
$wgGrantPermissions['mergehistory']['mergehistory'] = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @var array Map of grants to their UI grouping
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
|
||
// Hidden grants are implicitly present
|
||
'basic' => 'hidden',
|
||
|
||
'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
|
||
'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
|
||
'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
|
||
'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
|
||
|
||
'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
|
||
'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
|
||
|
||
'sendemail' => 'email',
|
||
|
||
'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
|
||
'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
|
||
|
||
'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
|
||
'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
|
||
|
||
'editinterface' => 'administration',
|
||
'editsiteconfig' => 'administration',
|
||
'rollback' => 'administration',
|
||
'blockusers' => 'administration',
|
||
'delete' => 'administration',
|
||
'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
|
||
'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
|
||
'protect' => 'administration',
|
||
'oversight' => 'administration',
|
||
'createaccount' => 'administration',
|
||
'mergehistory' => 'administration',
|
||
|
||
'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
|
||
|
||
'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cluster for the bot_passwords table
|
||
* @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Database name for the bot_passwords table
|
||
*
|
||
* To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
|
||
* "{$database}-{$prefix}".
|
||
* @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of user rights settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Proxy scanner settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSecretKey = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Big list of banned IP addresses.
|
||
*
|
||
* This can have the following formats:
|
||
* - An array of addresses
|
||
* - A string, in which case this is the path to a file
|
||
* containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgProxyList = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Cookie settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
|
||
* $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
|
||
* calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
|
||
* login cookies session-only.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
|
||
* or ".any.subdomain.net"
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieDomain = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
|
||
* the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookiePath = '/';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
|
||
* - true: Set secure flag
|
||
* - false: Don't set secure flag
|
||
* - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL,
|
||
* or if $wgForceHTTPS is true.
|
||
*
|
||
* If $wgForceHTTPS is true, session cookies will be secure regardless of this
|
||
* setting. However, other cookies will still be affected.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
|
||
* login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
|
||
* cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
|
||
* check.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
|
||
* to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
|
||
* name to be used as a prefix.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookiePrefix = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
|
||
* in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
|
||
* XSS attack.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The SameSite cookie attribute used for login cookies. This can be "Lax",
|
||
* "Strict", "None" or empty/null to omit the attribute.
|
||
*
|
||
* This only applies to login cookies, since the correct value for other
|
||
* cookies depends on what kind of cookie it is.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var string|null
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieSameSite = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, when a cross-site cookie with SameSite=None is sent, a legacy
|
||
* cookie with an "ss0" prefix will also be sent, without SameSite=None. This
|
||
* is a workaround for broken behaviour in Chrome 51-66 and similar browsers.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseSameSiteLegacyCookies = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Override to customise the session name
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionName = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
|
||
* after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
|
||
* an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
|
||
* which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
|
||
* it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to set a cookie when a logged-out user is blocked. Doing so means that a blocked user,
|
||
* even after moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain an
|
||
* authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in which
|
||
* case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so it
|
||
* is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCookieSetOnIpBlock = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Profiling, testing and debugging
|
||
*
|
||
* See $wgProfiler for how to enable profiling.
|
||
*
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
|
||
* The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
|
||
* may contain private data.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugLogFile = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Prefix for debug log lines
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
|
||
* destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
|
||
* resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugRedirects = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
|
||
* This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
|
||
* and gen=js requests.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugRawPage = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
|
||
*
|
||
* This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
|
||
* It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
|
||
* output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
|
||
* for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugComments = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Write SQL queries to the debug log.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
|
||
* '\Wikimedia\Rdbms\LBFactorySimple'; otherwise the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in
|
||
* the 'flags' option of the database connection to achieve the same functionality.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugDumpSql = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Performance expectations for DB usage
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
|
||
// HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
|
||
// Master queries should not happen on GET requests
|
||
'GET' => [
|
||
'masterConns' => 0,
|
||
'writes' => 0,
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 10000
|
||
],
|
||
// HTTP POST requests.
|
||
// Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
|
||
'POST' => [
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'writeQueryTime' => 1,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 100000,
|
||
'maxAffected' => 1000
|
||
],
|
||
'POST-nonwrite' => [
|
||
'writes' => 0,
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 10000
|
||
],
|
||
// Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
|
||
'PostSend-GET' => [
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'writeQueryTime' => 1,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 10000,
|
||
'maxAffected' => 1000,
|
||
// Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
|
||
'masterConns' => 0,
|
||
'writes' => 0,
|
||
],
|
||
// Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
|
||
'PostSend-POST' => [
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'writeQueryTime' => 1,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 100000,
|
||
'maxAffected' => 1000
|
||
],
|
||
// Background job runner
|
||
'JobRunner' => [
|
||
'readQueryTime' => 30,
|
||
'writeQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'readQueryRows' => 100000,
|
||
'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
|
||
],
|
||
// Command-line scripts
|
||
'Maintenance' => [
|
||
'writeQueryTime' => 5,
|
||
'maxAffected' => 1000
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map of string log group names to log destinations.
|
||
*
|
||
* If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
|
||
* of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
|
||
* in production.
|
||
*
|
||
* Log destinations may be one of the following:
|
||
* - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
|
||
* - string values specifying a filename or URI.
|
||
* - associative array with keys:
|
||
* - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
|
||
* - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
|
||
* - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
|
||
* to log (optional, since 1.25)
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Advanced example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
|
||
* 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
|
||
* 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
|
||
* 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugLogGroups = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
|
||
*
|
||
* The value should be an array suitable for use with
|
||
* ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
|
||
* implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
|
||
* details.
|
||
*
|
||
* Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
|
||
* be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
|
||
* and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par To completely disable logging:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\NullSpi::class ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
* @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
|
||
* @see MwLogger
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
|
||
'class' => \MediaWiki\Logger\LegacySpi::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
|
||
*
|
||
* Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowDebug = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
|
||
* Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
|
||
* to an attacker.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails and/or
|
||
* $wgShowHostnames instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowSQLErrors = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print the exception message and a
|
||
* complete stack trace to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it
|
||
* may reveal private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
|
||
* formatting. If set to false, only the exception's class will be shown.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, show a backtrace for database errors
|
||
*
|
||
* @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
|
||
* reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
|
||
* including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
|
||
* exception handler.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated and nonfunctional since 1.32: set $wgShowExceptionDetails instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, the MediaWiki error handler passes errors/warnings to the default error handler
|
||
* after logging them. The setting is ignored when the track_errors php.ini flag is true.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPropagateErrors = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowHostnames = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
|
||
* Should be a string, default false.
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOverrideHostname = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
|
||
* conditions and for deprecated functions.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
|
||
* development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
|
||
* after the limit.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Profiler configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* To use a profiler, set $wgProfiler in LocalSetings.php.
|
||
*
|
||
* Options:
|
||
*
|
||
* - 'class' (`string`): The Profiler subclass to use.
|
||
* Default: ProfilerStub.
|
||
* - 'sampling' (`int`): Only enable the profiler on one in this many requests.
|
||
* For requests that are not in the sampling,
|
||
* the 'class' option will be replaced with ProfilerStub.
|
||
* Default: `1`.
|
||
* - 'threshold' (`float`): Only process the recorded data if the total ellapsed
|
||
* time for a request is more than this number of seconds.
|
||
* Default: `0.0`.
|
||
* - 'output' (`string|string[]`): ProfilerOutput subclass or subclasess to use.
|
||
* Default: `[]`.
|
||
*
|
||
* The output classes available in MediaWiki core are:
|
||
* ProfilerOutputText, ProfilerOutputStats, and ProfilerOutputDump.
|
||
*
|
||
* - ProfilerOutputText: outputs profiling data in the web page body as
|
||
* a comment. You can make the profiling data in HTML render visibly
|
||
* instead by setting the 'visible' configuration flag.
|
||
*
|
||
* - ProfilerOutputStats: outputs profiling data as StatsD metrics.
|
||
* It expects that $wgStatsdServer is set to the host (or host:port)
|
||
* of a statsd server.
|
||
*
|
||
* - ProfilerOutputDump: outputs dump files that are compatible
|
||
* with the XHProf gui. It expects that `$wgProfiler['outputDir']`
|
||
* is set as well.
|
||
*
|
||
* Examples:
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof::class;
|
||
* $wgProfiler['output'] = ProfilerOutputText::class;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgProfiler['class'] = ProfilerXhprof:class;
|
||
* $wgProfiler['output'] = [ ProfilerOutputText::class ];
|
||
* $wgProfiler['sampling'] = 50; // one every 50 requests
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* For performance, the profiler is always disabled for CLI scripts as they
|
||
* could be long running and the data would accumulate. Use the '--profiler'
|
||
* parameter of maintenance scripts to override this.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.17.0
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgProfiler = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Destination of statsd metrics.
|
||
*
|
||
* A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
|
||
*
|
||
* If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see wfLogProfilingData
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStatsdServer = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getStatsdDataFactory
|
||
* @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
|
||
* Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
|
||
* Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStatsdSamplingRates = [
|
||
'wanobjectcache:*' => 0.001
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
|
||
* This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
|
||
* templates.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
|
||
* filename is passed to it.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
|
||
* tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
|
||
*
|
||
* Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use full paths.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserTestFiles = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
|
||
* @since 1.19
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCachePrefix = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
|
||
* queries and other useful output.
|
||
* Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseCdn is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.19
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugToolbar = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Search
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableTextSearch = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
|
||
* by default off due to execution overhead
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
|
||
* should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
|
||
*
|
||
* Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
|
||
* PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
|
||
*
|
||
* Placeholders: {searchTerms}
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
|
||
*
|
||
* Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
|
||
* PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
|
||
*
|
||
* Placeholders: {searchTerms}
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
|
||
'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
|
||
'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This was previously a used to force empty responses from ApiOpenSearch
|
||
* with the 'suggest' parameter set.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35 No longer used
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Integer defining default number of entries to show on
|
||
* OpenSearch call.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry time for search suggestion responses
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
|
||
* table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of namespaces which are searched by default.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
|
||
* $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
|
||
NS_MAIN => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
|
||
* implemented by an extension instead.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
|
||
* If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
|
||
* search term.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* To forward to Google you'd have something like:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgSearchForwardUrl =
|
||
* 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
|
||
* '&domains=https://example.com' .
|
||
* '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
|
||
* '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Search form behavior.
|
||
* - true = use Go & Search buttons
|
||
* - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35. Individual skin may optionally continue
|
||
* supporting it as a local skin config variable.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
|
||
* maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
|
||
* generated for all namespaces.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
|
||
* set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
|
||
* maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
|
||
*
|
||
* This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
|
||
* NS_USER => '0.9',
|
||
* NS_HELP => '0.0',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
|
||
* contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
|
||
* [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of search settings
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Edit user interface
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
|
||
* fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Path to the GNU diff utility.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
|
||
* Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
|
||
* can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
|
||
NS_CATEGORY => true
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
|
||
* (currently only Firefox with an extension)
|
||
* See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUniversalEditButton = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
|
||
* will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
|
||
* ting this variable false.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end edit UI }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Maintenance
|
||
* See also $wgSiteNotice
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* @cond file_level_code
|
||
* Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
|
||
*/
|
||
if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
|
||
$wgCommandLineMode = false;
|
||
}
|
||
/** @endcond */
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
|
||
* used as an explanation to users.
|
||
*
|
||
* This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
|
||
* still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
|
||
* option in MySQL.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReadOnly = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true to put the wiki watchlists into read-only mode.
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.31
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReadOnlyWatchedItemStore = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
|
||
* Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
|
||
* message.
|
||
*
|
||
* Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReadOnlyFile = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
|
||
* this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
|
||
* used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
|
||
*
|
||
* For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
|
||
* by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
|
||
* delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUpgradeKey = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fully specified path to git binary
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
|
||
*
|
||
* Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
|
||
* without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
|
||
* The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
|
||
* %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
|
||
* full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
|
||
* %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
|
||
* %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.20
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
|
||
'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
|
||
'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
|
||
'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
|
||
'https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/g/%R/+/%H',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End of maintenance }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
|
||
* seconds will go.
|
||
* Default: 90 days = about three months
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
|
||
* Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
|
||
* Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
|
||
* Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
|
||
* higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
|
||
* because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
|
||
* reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
|
||
* is still there.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCFilterByAge = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
|
||
* Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
|
||
* Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see ChangesListSpecialPage::getLinkDays
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
|
||
*
|
||
* The following feed classes are available by default:
|
||
* - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
|
||
* - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
|
||
*
|
||
* Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
|
||
* RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
|
||
* passed to the constructor.
|
||
*
|
||
* Common options:
|
||
* - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
|
||
* - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
* - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
* - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
* - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
* - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
|
||
*
|
||
* FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
|
||
* - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
|
||
* The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
|
||
* to determine which FormattedRCFeed class to use.
|
||
* - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
|
||
* produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
|
||
* Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
|
||
* IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
|
||
*
|
||
* IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
|
||
* - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
|
||
* the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array
|
||
*
|
||
* JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
|
||
* - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Examples:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
* 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
|
||
* 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
|
||
* 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
|
||
* 'omit_bots' => true,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
* 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
|
||
* 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
|
||
* 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
|
||
* 'omit_bots' => true,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => ExampleRCFeed::class,
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCFeeds = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
|
||
* Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCEngines = [
|
||
'redis' => RedisPubSubFeedEngine::class,
|
||
'udp' => UDPRCFeedEngine::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
|
||
* Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
|
||
* - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
|
||
* - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
|
||
* - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
|
||
* - deletion: nothing is mentioned
|
||
* - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
|
||
* New pages and new files are included.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
* Special:Log.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseRCPatrol = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
|
||
* of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
|
||
* 0 to disable completely.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
* Special:Log.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseNPPatrol = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If you disable all patrolling features, you probably also want to
|
||
* remove 'patrol' from $wgFilterLogTypes so a show/hide link isn't shown on
|
||
* Special:Log.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseFilePatrol = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeed = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
|
||
* eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeedLimit = 50;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
|
||
* A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
|
||
* are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
|
||
*
|
||
* If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
|
||
* feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
|
||
* pages larger than this size.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
|
||
* every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
|
||
* instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
|
||
* Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
|
||
* as value.
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Available feeds objects.
|
||
* Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
|
||
* $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeedClasses = [
|
||
'rss' => RSSFeed::class,
|
||
'atom' => AtomFeed::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
|
||
* 'atom', neither, or both.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If the difference between the character counts of the text
|
||
* before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
|
||
* highlighted on the RC page.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
|
||
* view for watched pages with new changes
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
|
||
* pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
|
||
* Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseTagFilter = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of core tags to enable. Available tags are:
|
||
* - 'mw-contentmodelchange': Edit changes content model of a page
|
||
* - 'mw-new-redirect': Edit makes new redirect page (new page or by changing content page)
|
||
* - 'mw-removed-redirect': Edit changes an existing redirect into a non-redirect
|
||
* - 'mw-changed-redirect-target': Edit changes redirect target
|
||
* - 'mw-blank': Edit completely blanks the page
|
||
* - 'mw-replace': Edit removes more than 90% of the content
|
||
* - 'mw-rollback': Edit is a rollback, made through the rollback link or rollback API
|
||
* - 'mw-undo': Edit made through an undo link
|
||
* - 'mw-manual-revert': Edit that restored the page to an exact previous state
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array
|
||
* @since 1.31
|
||
* @since 1.36 Added 'mw-manual-revert'
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSoftwareTags = [
|
||
'mw-contentmodelchange' => true,
|
||
'mw-new-redirect' => true,
|
||
'mw-removed-redirect' => true,
|
||
'mw-changed-redirect-target' => true,
|
||
'mw-blank' => true,
|
||
'mw-replace' => true,
|
||
'mw-rollback' => true,
|
||
'mw-undo' => true,
|
||
'mw-manual-revert' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
|
||
* will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
|
||
* watchers.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
|
||
* certain types of edits.
|
||
*
|
||
* To register a new one:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
|
||
* // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
|
||
* 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
|
||
* // message for the tooltip of the letter
|
||
* 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
|
||
* // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
|
||
* 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
|
||
* // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
|
||
* 'class' => 'css-class',
|
||
* // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
|
||
* // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
|
||
* // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
|
||
* 'grouping' => 'any',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRecentChangesFlags = [
|
||
'newpage' => [
|
||
'letter' => 'newpageletter',
|
||
'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
|
||
'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
|
||
'grouping' => 'any',
|
||
],
|
||
'minor' => [
|
||
'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
|
||
'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
|
||
'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
|
||
'class' => 'minoredit',
|
||
'grouping' => 'all',
|
||
],
|
||
'bot' => [
|
||
'letter' => 'boteditletter',
|
||
'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
|
||
'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
|
||
'class' => 'botedit',
|
||
'grouping' => 'all',
|
||
],
|
||
'unpatrolled' => [
|
||
'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
|
||
'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
|
||
'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
|
||
'grouping' => 'any',
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Copyright and credits settings
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Override for copyright metadata.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
|
||
* which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
|
||
* $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRightsPage = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
|
||
* wiki.
|
||
* If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRightsUrl = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
|
||
* link. Otherwise, it will be treated as raw HTML.
|
||
* If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
|
||
* of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRightsText = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Override for copyright metadata.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRightsIcon = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
|
||
* article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
|
||
* number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
|
||
* database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
|
||
* large wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxCredits = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
|
||
* Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Import / Export
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
|
||
* Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
|
||
* imported, these should be 'trusted'.
|
||
*
|
||
* This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
|
||
* subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
|
||
* e.g.
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgImportSources = [
|
||
* 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
|
||
* 'wikispecies',
|
||
* 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
|
||
* the ImportSources hook.
|
||
*
|
||
* If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
|
||
* they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImportSources = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
|
||
* Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
|
||
* Set to numeric key, not the name.
|
||
*
|
||
* Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
|
||
* This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
|
||
* disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportAllowHistory = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
|
||
* more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
|
||
* could get bogged down by very very long pages.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
|
||
* up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
|
||
* pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
|
||
* can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
|
||
* it's disabled by default for now.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
|
||
* crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
|
||
* high. In other words, last resort safety net.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportAllowAll = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
|
||
* GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end of import/export }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Extensions
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
|
||
* initialised
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionFunctions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Extension messages files.
|
||
*
|
||
* Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
|
||
* found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
|
||
* present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
|
||
* is the most common.
|
||
*
|
||
* Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
|
||
* in the core.
|
||
*
|
||
* Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
|
||
* messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
|
||
* $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
|
||
* any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
|
||
* earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
|
||
* by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
|
||
* as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Extension messages directories.
|
||
*
|
||
* Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
|
||
* be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
|
||
* en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
|
||
* message directories.
|
||
*
|
||
* Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Simple example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Complex example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
|
||
* __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
|
||
* __DIR__ . '/lib/ooui/i18n',
|
||
* __DIR__ . '/i18n',
|
||
* ]
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMessagesDirs = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
|
||
* maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Parser output hooks.
|
||
* This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
|
||
* (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
|
||
* These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
|
||
* tag has been registered with the parser output object.
|
||
*
|
||
* Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
|
||
*
|
||
* The callback has the form:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgParserOutputHooks = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of valid skin names
|
||
*
|
||
* The key should be the name in all lower case.
|
||
*
|
||
* As of 1.35, the value should be a an array in the form of the ObjectFactory specification.
|
||
*
|
||
* For example for 'foobarskin' where the PHP class is 'MediaWiki\Skins\FooBar\FooBarSkin' set:
|
||
*
|
||
* @par extension.json Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* "ValidSkinNames": {
|
||
* "foobarskin": {
|
||
* "displayname": "FooBarSkin"
|
||
* "class": "MediaWiki\\Skins\\FooBar\\FooBarSkin"
|
||
* }
|
||
* }
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Historically, the value was a properly cased name for the skin (and is still currently
|
||
* supported). This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create the class name of the
|
||
* skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor if you wish to have access to the
|
||
* full list.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgValidSkinNames = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
|
||
* special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
|
||
* creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
|
||
* SpecialPage.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSpecialPages = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutoloadClasses = $wgAutoloadClasses ?? [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
|
||
* Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
|
||
* MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated since 1.35
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Add information about an installed extension, keyed by its type.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is for use from LocalSettings.php and legacy PHP-entrypoint
|
||
* extensions. In general, extensions should (only) declare this
|
||
* information in their extension.json file.
|
||
*
|
||
* The 'name', 'path' and 'author' keys are required.
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExtensionCredits['other'][] = [
|
||
* 'path' => __FILE__,
|
||
* 'name' => 'Example extension',
|
||
* 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
|
||
* 'author' => [
|
||
* 'Foo Barstein',
|
||
* ],
|
||
* 'version' => '0.0.1',
|
||
* 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
|
||
* 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
|
||
* 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0-or-later',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
|
||
* named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
|
||
* view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
|
||
* interpreted as wikitext.
|
||
*
|
||
* - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
|
||
* 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
|
||
* ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
|
||
*
|
||
* - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
|
||
* Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
|
||
* the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
|
||
* required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
|
||
*
|
||
* - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
|
||
* extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
|
||
* usually are.)
|
||
*
|
||
* - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
|
||
* the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
|
||
* "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
|
||
* for instance "[https://example ...]".
|
||
*
|
||
* - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
|
||
* `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
|
||
*
|
||
* - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
|
||
* localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
|
||
*
|
||
* - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
|
||
* as "GPL-2.0-or-later" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
|
||
*
|
||
* @see SpecialVersion::getCredits
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExtensionCredits = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Global list of hooks.
|
||
*
|
||
* The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
|
||
* a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
|
||
* internally by Hook:run().
|
||
*
|
||
* The value can be one of:
|
||
*
|
||
* - A function name:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* - A function with some data:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* - A an object method:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
* - A closure:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
|
||
* // Handler code goes here.
|
||
* };
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
|
||
* deleting a previous registered hook.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
|
||
* handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHooks = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
|
||
* Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
|
||
* to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
|
||
* However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
|
||
* hook for that.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see MediaWikiServices
|
||
* @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
|
||
* @see docs/Injection.md for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgServiceWiringFiles = [
|
||
__DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
|
||
* can add to this to provide custom jobs.
|
||
* A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
|
||
* or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
|
||
* The callback takes (Title, array map of parameters) as arguments.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobClasses = [
|
||
'deletePage' => DeletePageJob::class,
|
||
'refreshLinks' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
|
||
'deleteLinks' => DeleteLinksJob::class,
|
||
'htmlCacheUpdate' => HTMLCacheUpdateJob::class,
|
||
'sendMail' => EmaillingJob::class,
|
||
'enotifNotify' => EnotifNotifyJob::class,
|
||
'fixDoubleRedirect' => DoubleRedirectJob::class,
|
||
'AssembleUploadChunks' => AssembleUploadChunksJob::class,
|
||
'PublishStashedFile' => PublishStashedFileJob::class,
|
||
'ThumbnailRender' => ThumbnailRenderJob::class,
|
||
'recentChangesUpdate' => RecentChangesUpdateJob::class,
|
||
'refreshLinksPrioritized' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
|
||
'refreshLinksDynamic' => RefreshLinksJob::class,
|
||
'activityUpdateJob' => ActivityUpdateJob::class,
|
||
'categoryMembershipChange' => CategoryMembershipChangeJob::class,
|
||
'clearUserWatchlist' => ClearUserWatchlistJob::class,
|
||
'watchlistExpiry' => WatchlistExpiryJob::class,
|
||
'cdnPurge' => CdnPurgeJob::class,
|
||
'userGroupExpiry' => UserGroupExpiryJob::class,
|
||
'clearWatchlistNotifications' => ClearWatchlistNotificationsJob::class,
|
||
'userOptionsUpdate' => UserOptionsUpdateJob::class,
|
||
'enqueue' => EnqueueJob::class, // local queue for multi-DC setups
|
||
'null' => NullJob::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
|
||
* special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
|
||
*
|
||
* These can be:
|
||
* - Very long-running jobs.
|
||
* - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
|
||
* - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
|
||
* machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
|
||
* These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
|
||
* on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
|
||
* but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
|
||
* may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
|
||
* This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
|
||
* These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
* @var float[]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
|
||
* This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
|
||
* If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
|
||
* several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
|
||
* possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
|
||
* also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var float|bool
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Map of job types to configuration arrays.
|
||
* This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
|
||
* Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
|
||
* These settings should be global to all wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobTypeConf = [
|
||
'default' => [ 'class' => JobQueueDB::class, 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
|
||
* for the API's maxlag parameter.
|
||
* The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
|
||
* estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
|
||
* so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
|
||
* queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
|
||
* that limit is hit.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.29
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
|
||
* Expensive Querypages are already updated.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
|
||
'Statistics' => [ SiteStatsUpdate::class, 'cacheUpdate' ]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
|
||
* changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
|
||
* adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
|
||
* have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
|
||
* This array can be added to by extensions.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
|
||
'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End extensions }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Categories
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
|
||
* category instead of listing them as articles.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Paging limit for categories
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
|
||
* A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
|
||
*
|
||
* Available values are:
|
||
*
|
||
* - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
|
||
*
|
||
* - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
|
||
*
|
||
* - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
|
||
* the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
|
||
* all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
|
||
*
|
||
* To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
|
||
* installed. See https://www.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
|
||
* resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
|
||
* server.
|
||
*
|
||
* After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
|
||
* the sort keys in the database.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
|
||
* and using the Collation::factory hook.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End categories }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Logging
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
|
||
* general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
|
||
* an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
|
||
* log type.
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that code should call LogPage::validTypes() to get a list of valid
|
||
* log types instead of checking the global variable.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogTypes = [
|
||
'',
|
||
'block',
|
||
'protect',
|
||
'rights',
|
||
'delete',
|
||
'upload',
|
||
'move',
|
||
'import',
|
||
'patrol',
|
||
'merge',
|
||
'suppress',
|
||
'tag',
|
||
'managetags',
|
||
'contentmodel',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
|
||
* Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
|
||
* Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
|
||
* Logs should remain non-transcludable
|
||
* Format: logtype => permissiontype
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogRestrictions = [
|
||
'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
|
||
*
|
||
* See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
|
||
* hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
|
||
* default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
|
||
*
|
||
* A message of the form logeventslist-[type]-log should be added, and will be
|
||
* used for the link text.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFilterLogTypes = [
|
||
'patrol' => true,
|
||
'tag' => true,
|
||
'newusers' => false,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
|
||
* will be listed in the user interface.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
|
||
* where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogNames = [
|
||
'' => 'all-logs-page',
|
||
'block' => 'blocklogpage',
|
||
'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
|
||
'rights' => 'rightslog',
|
||
'delete' => 'dellogpage',
|
||
'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
|
||
'move' => 'movelogpage',
|
||
'import' => 'importlogpage',
|
||
'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
|
||
'merge' => 'mergelog',
|
||
'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
|
||
* top of each log type.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
|
||
* where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogHeaders = [
|
||
'' => 'alllogstext',
|
||
'block' => 'blocklogtext',
|
||
'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
|
||
'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
|
||
'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
|
||
'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
|
||
'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
|
||
'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
|
||
'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
|
||
'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
|
||
'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
|
||
* type and action when listed in the logs.
|
||
*
|
||
* Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogActions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
|
||
* not messages.
|
||
* @see LogPage::actionText
|
||
* @see LogFormatter
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLogActionsHandlers = [
|
||
'block/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'block/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'block/unblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'contentmodel/change' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'contentmodel/new' => ContentModelLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'delete/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'delete/delete_redir' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'delete/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'delete/restore' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'delete/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'import/interwiki' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'import/upload' => ImportLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'managetags/activate' => LogFormatter::class,
|
||
'managetags/create' => LogFormatter::class,
|
||
'managetags/deactivate' => LogFormatter::class,
|
||
'managetags/delete' => LogFormatter::class,
|
||
'merge/merge' => MergeLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'move/move' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'move/move_redir' => MoveLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'patrol/patrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'patrol/autopatrol' => PatrolLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'protect/modify' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'protect/move_prot' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'protect/protect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'protect/unprotect' => ProtectLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'rights/autopromote' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'rights/rights' => RightsLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'suppress/block' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'suppress/delete' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'suppress/event' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'suppress/reblock' => BlockLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'suppress/revision' => DeleteLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'tag/update' => TagLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'upload/overwrite' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'upload/revert' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
|
||
'upload/upload' => UploadLogFormatter::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of log types that can be filtered by action types
|
||
*
|
||
* To each action is associated the list of log_action
|
||
* subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
|
||
* Extensions may append to this array
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgActionFilteredLogs = [
|
||
'block' => [
|
||
'block' => [ 'block' ],
|
||
'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
|
||
'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'contentmodel' => [
|
||
'change' => [ 'change' ],
|
||
'new' => [ 'new' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'delete' => [
|
||
'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
|
||
'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
|
||
'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
|
||
'event' => [ 'event' ],
|
||
'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'import' => [
|
||
'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
|
||
'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'managetags' => [
|
||
'create' => [ 'create' ],
|
||
'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
|
||
'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
|
||
'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'move' => [
|
||
'move' => [ 'move' ],
|
||
'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'newusers' => [
|
||
'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
|
||
'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
|
||
'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
|
||
'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'protect' => [
|
||
'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
|
||
'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
|
||
'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
|
||
'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'rights' => [
|
||
'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
|
||
'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'suppress' => [
|
||
'event' => [ 'event' ],
|
||
'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
|
||
'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
|
||
'block' => [ 'block' ],
|
||
'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
|
||
],
|
||
'upload' => [
|
||
'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
|
||
'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
|
||
'revert' => [ 'revert' ],
|
||
],
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maintain a log of newusers at Special:Log/newusers?
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNewUserLog = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maintain a log of page creations at Special:Log/create?
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPageCreationLog = true;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end logging }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
|
||
* maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
|
||
* Mapping each special page name to an run mode like 'periodical' if a cronjob is set up.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
|
||
* into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
|
||
* Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end special pages }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Actions
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
|
||
* 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
|
||
* 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
|
||
* If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
|
||
* of the relevant Page object it will be used
|
||
* instead of the default class.
|
||
* 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
|
||
* Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgActions = [
|
||
'credits' => true,
|
||
'delete' => true,
|
||
'edit' => true,
|
||
'editchangetags' => SpecialPageAction::class,
|
||
'history' => true,
|
||
'info' => true,
|
||
'markpatrolled' => true,
|
||
'mcrundo' => McrUndoAction::class,
|
||
'mcrrestore' => McrRestoreAction::class,
|
||
'protect' => true,
|
||
'purge' => true,
|
||
'raw' => true,
|
||
'render' => true,
|
||
'revert' => true,
|
||
'revisiondelete' => SpecialPageAction::class,
|
||
'rollback' => true,
|
||
'submit' => true,
|
||
'unprotect' => true,
|
||
'unwatch' => true,
|
||
'view' => true,
|
||
'watch' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # end actions }
|
||
|
||
/*************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
|
||
* See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
|
||
* lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
|
||
* basis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
|
||
* is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
|
||
* not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
|
||
* nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
|
||
* many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
|
||
* URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
|
||
* pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
|
||
* Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
|
||
* text form title and the value is a robot policy.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
|
||
* 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
|
||
* 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
|
||
* forms:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
|
||
* # Underscore, not space!
|
||
* 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
|
||
* # "Project", not the actual project name!
|
||
* 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
|
||
* # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
|
||
* 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
|
||
* will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
|
||
* indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End robot policy }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name AJAX, Action API and REST API
|
||
* Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
|
||
* replaced by the Action API entry point, api.php. They are essentially
|
||
* equivalent. Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
|
||
*
|
||
* Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
|
||
* This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
|
||
* a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
|
||
* will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
|
||
* Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
|
||
* At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
|
||
* requiring POST.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDebugAPI = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* API module extensions.
|
||
*
|
||
* Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
|
||
* Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
|
||
* the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
|
||
* 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
|
||
*
|
||
* That factory function will be called with two parameters,
|
||
* the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
|
||
* and the name the module was registered under. The return
|
||
* value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
|
||
* field.
|
||
*
|
||
* For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
|
||
* simple string containing the module's class name. In that
|
||
* case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
|
||
* module and module name as parameters, as described above.
|
||
*
|
||
* Examples for registering API modules:
|
||
*
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
|
||
* $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => ApiBar::class,
|
||
* 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
|
||
* ];
|
||
* $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => ApiXyzzy::class,
|
||
* 'factory' => [ XyzzyFactory::class, 'newApiModule' ]
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
* See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* API format module extensions.
|
||
* Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
* Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIFormatModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* API Query meta module extensions.
|
||
* Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
* Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIMetaModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* API Query prop module extensions.
|
||
* Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
* Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIPropModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* API Query list module extensions.
|
||
* Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
|
||
* Extension modules may override the core modules.
|
||
*
|
||
* See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIListModules = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
|
||
* The default value is generally fine
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
|
||
* @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
|
||
* request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
|
||
* before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
|
||
* This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
|
||
* API request logging
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIRequestLog = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
|
||
* API queries.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
|
||
'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
|
||
'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
|
||
'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable AJAX framework
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated (officially) since MediaWiki 1.31 and ignored since 1.32
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUseAjax = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of Ajax-callable functions.
|
||
* Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
|
||
* @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAjaxExportList = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable previewing licences via AJAX.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
|
||
* This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAjaxEditStash = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
|
||
* Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
|
||
* from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
|
||
* This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
|
||
* $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
|
||
*
|
||
* - '*' matches any number of characters
|
||
* - '?' matches any 1 character
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
|
||
* 'www.mediawiki.org',
|
||
* '*.wikipedia.org',
|
||
* '*.wikimedia.org',
|
||
* '*.wiktionary.org',
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
|
||
* even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
|
||
* Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of allowed headers for cross-origin API requests.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowedCorsHeaders = [
|
||
/* simple headers (see spec) */
|
||
'Accept',
|
||
'Accept-Language',
|
||
'Content-Language',
|
||
'Content-Type',
|
||
/* non-authorable headers in XHR, which are however requested by some UAs */
|
||
'Accept-Encoding',
|
||
'DNT',
|
||
'Origin',
|
||
/* MediaWiki whitelist */
|
||
'User-Agent',
|
||
'Api-User-Agent',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable the experimental REST API.
|
||
*
|
||
* @deprecated Since 1.35, defaults to true and is ignored by MediaWiki core itself.
|
||
* No longer functions as a setting. Will be removed in 1.36.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEnableRestAPI = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Additional REST API Route files.
|
||
*
|
||
* A common usage is to enable development/experimental endpoints only on test wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRestAPIAdditionalRouteFiles = [];
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Shell and process control
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
|
||
* ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxShellTime = 180;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
|
||
* would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
|
||
* commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
|
||
*
|
||
* If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
|
||
* causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
|
||
* them segfault or deadlock.
|
||
*
|
||
* A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
|
||
* a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
|
||
* kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
|
||
* mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
|
||
* echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
|
||
* notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
|
||
* https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShellCgroup = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Executable path of the PHP cli binary. Should be set up on install.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
|
||
*
|
||
* For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
|
||
* equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
|
||
* C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
|
||
* available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
|
||
*
|
||
* This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
|
||
* - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
|
||
* - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
|
||
* different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
|
||
* "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
|
||
* - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
|
||
* - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
|
||
* https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
|
||
* - Language used for low-level error messages.
|
||
* - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
|
||
* decimal separator)
|
||
*
|
||
* MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
|
||
* locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
|
||
* based on wiki language or user preference:
|
||
* - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
|
||
* library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
|
||
* - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
|
||
* displayed to the user.
|
||
* - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
|
||
* date/time values.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
|
||
* same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
|
||
* wikis.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Method to use to restrict shell commands
|
||
*
|
||
* Supported options:
|
||
* - 'autodetect': Autodetect if any restriction methods are available
|
||
* - 'firejail': Use firejail <https://firejail.wordpress.com/>
|
||
* - false: Don't use any restrictions
|
||
*
|
||
* @note If using firejail with MediaWiki running in a home directory different
|
||
* from the webserver user, firejail 0.9.44+ is required.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.31
|
||
* @var string|bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgShellRestrictionMethod = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End shell }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name HTTP client
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.5
|
||
* @var float|int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds).
|
||
*
|
||
* Only supported if cURL is installed, ignored otherwise.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.22
|
||
* @var float|int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5.0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum HTTP request timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
|
||
* request timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var float|int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPMaxTimeout = INF;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The maximum HTTP connect timeout in seconds. If any specified or configured
|
||
* connect timeout is larger than this, then this value will be used instead.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var float|int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPMaxConnectTimeout = INF;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
|
||
* @since 1.29
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Proxy to use for CURL requests.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHTTPProxy = '';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Local virtual hosts.
|
||
*
|
||
* This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
|
||
*
|
||
* This affects the following:
|
||
* - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
|
||
* subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
|
||
* Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
|
||
* the proxy if it is configured.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to respect/honour the request ID provided by the incoming request
|
||
* via the `X-Request-Id` header. Set to `true` if the entity sitting in front
|
||
* of Mediawiki sanitises external requests. Default: `false`.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgAllowExternalReqID = false;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End HTTP client }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Job queue
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
|
||
* jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
|
||
* during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
|
||
* be run periodically.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgJobRunRate = 1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
|
||
* to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
|
||
* execution finishes.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRunJobsAsync = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of rows to update per job
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Number of rows to update per query
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
|
||
|
||
/** @} */ # End job queue }
|
||
|
||
/************************************************************************//**
|
||
* @name Miscellaneous
|
||
* @{
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Specify the difference engine to use.
|
||
*
|
||
* Supported values:
|
||
* - 'external': Use an external diff engine, which must be specified via $wgExternalDiffEngine
|
||
* - 'wikidiff2': Use the wikidiff2 PHP extension
|
||
* - 'php': PHP implementations included in MediaWiki
|
||
*
|
||
* The default (null) is to use the first engine that's available.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var string|null
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDiffEngine = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Name of the external diff engine to use.
|
||
* @var string|false Path to an external diff executable
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
|
||
* and have no "redirected from" link.
|
||
*
|
||
* @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
|
||
* local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
|
||
* redirected regardless of this setting.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* LinkHolderArray batch size
|
||
* For debugging
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
|
||
* externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Fix double redirects after a page move.
|
||
* Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
|
||
* To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
|
||
* An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
|
||
*
|
||
* This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
|
||
* defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
|
||
* The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
|
||
* parameters.
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example using local redis instance:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
|
||
* 'class' => PoolCounterRedis::class,
|
||
* 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
|
||
* 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
|
||
* 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
|
||
* 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
|
||
* 'redisConfig' => []
|
||
* ] ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
|
||
* 'class' => PoolCounter_Client::class,
|
||
* 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
|
||
* 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
|
||
* 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
|
||
* ... any extension-specific options...
|
||
* ] ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPoolCounterConf = null;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* To disable file delete/restore temporarily
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgUploadMaintenance = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
|
||
* should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
|
||
* defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
|
||
* (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
|
||
*
|
||
* @note To determine the default model for a new page's main slot, or any slot in general,
|
||
* use SlotRoleHandler::getDefaultModel() together with SlotRoleRegistry::getRoleHandler().
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
|
||
* ContentHandler::getContentText():
|
||
*
|
||
* * 'ignore': return null
|
||
* * 'fail': throw an MWException
|
||
* * 'serialize': serialize to default format
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
|
||
* of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
|
||
* the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
|
||
*
|
||
* @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
|
||
* or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgTextModelsToParse = [
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
|
||
CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Register handlers for specific types of sites.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.21
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSiteTypes = [
|
||
'mediawiki' => MediaWikiSite::class,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
|
||
* the respective database schema change was not applied.
|
||
* @since 1.23
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Secret for session storage.
|
||
* This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will
|
||
* be used.
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionSecret = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL extension,
|
||
* you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
|
||
* sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
|
||
* install the OpenSSL extension.
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
|
||
* cryptographically secure random numbers).
|
||
* This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise $wgSecretKey will
|
||
* be used.
|
||
* See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHKDFSecret = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
|
||
* cryptographically secure random numbers).
|
||
* See also: $wgHKDFSecret
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable page language feature
|
||
* Allows setting page language in database
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.24
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
|
||
*
|
||
* Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
|
||
* key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
|
||
* - class : the fully qualified class name
|
||
* - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
|
||
* Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
|
||
* singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
|
||
*
|
||
* Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
|
||
* 'class' => ParsoidVirtualRESTService::class,
|
||
* 'options' => [
|
||
* 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
|
||
* 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
|
||
* 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
|
||
* ]
|
||
* ];
|
||
*
|
||
* Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
|
||
* which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
|
||
* merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
|
||
* VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
|
||
*
|
||
* Example config for Parsoid:
|
||
*
|
||
* $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
|
||
* 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
|
||
* 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
|
||
* 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
|
||
* ];
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array
|
||
* @since 1.25
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgVirtualRestConfig = [
|
||
'paths' => [],
|
||
'modules' => [],
|
||
'global' => [
|
||
# Timeout in seconds
|
||
'timeout' => 360,
|
||
# 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
|
||
'forwardCookies' => false,
|
||
'HTTPProxy' => null
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
|
||
* these suggestions.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.26
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
|
||
* If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var int|bool Disabled if false
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
|
||
|
||
/*
|
||
* Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
|
||
* If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var int|bool Disabled if false
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Controls Content-Security-Policy header [Experimental]
|
||
*
|
||
* @see https://www.w3.org/TR/CSP2/
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
* @var bool|array true to send default version, false to not send.
|
||
* If an array, can have parameters:
|
||
* 'default-src' If true or array (of additional urls) will set a default-src
|
||
* directive, which limits what places things can load from. If false or not
|
||
* set, will send a default-src directive allowing all sources.
|
||
* 'includeCORS' If true or not set, will include urls from
|
||
* $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains as an allowed load sources.
|
||
* 'unsafeFallback' Add unsafe-inline as a script source, as a fallback for
|
||
* browsers that do not understand nonce-sources [default on].
|
||
* 'useNonces' Require nonces on all inline scripts. If disabled and 'unsafeFallback'
|
||
* is on, then all inline scripts will be allowed [default true].
|
||
* 'script-src' Array of additional places that are allowed to have JS be loaded from.
|
||
* 'object-src' Array or string of where to load objects from. unset/true means 'none'.
|
||
* False means omit. (Since 1.35)
|
||
* 'report-uri' true to use MW api [default], false to disable, string for alternate uri
|
||
* @warning May cause slowness on windows due to slow random number generator.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCSPHeader = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Controls Content-Security-Policy-Report-Only header
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
* @var bool|array Same as $wgCSPHeader
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCSPReportOnlyHeader = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of messages which might contain raw HTML.
|
||
* Extensions should add their insecure raw HTML messages to extension.json.
|
||
* The list is used for access control:
|
||
* changing messages listed here will require editsitecss and editsitejs rights.
|
||
*
|
||
* Message names must be given with underscores rather than spaces and with lowercase first letter.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
* @var string[]
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRawHtmlMessages = [
|
||
'copyright',
|
||
'history_copyright',
|
||
'googlesearch',
|
||
'feedback-terms',
|
||
'feedback-termsofuse',
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
|
||
*
|
||
* By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
|
||
* that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
|
||
* cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
|
||
* subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
|
||
* can run on each CDN cache node and perform local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
|
||
*
|
||
* Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
|
||
* the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
|
||
* EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
|
||
* actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
|
||
* vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
|
||
*
|
||
* The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.27
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgEventRelayerConfig = [
|
||
'default' => [
|
||
'class' => EventRelayerNull::class,
|
||
]
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
|
||
*
|
||
* When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
|
||
* data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
|
||
* PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
|
||
* MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
|
||
*
|
||
* For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
|
||
*
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPingback = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
|
||
* but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
|
||
* software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
|
||
* List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.28
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
|
||
'https://3hub.co' => true,
|
||
'https://morepro.info' => true,
|
||
'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
|
||
'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
|
||
'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
|
||
'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
|
||
'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
|
||
'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
|
||
'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
|
||
'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
|
||
'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
|
||
'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
|
||
'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js?fusion=1.0' => true,
|
||
'https://t.lkqd.net/t' => true,
|
||
'chrome-extension' => true,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
|
||
* at Special:Contributions.
|
||
*
|
||
* @var array
|
||
* @since 1.30
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
|
||
'IPv4' => 16,
|
||
'IPv6' => 32,
|
||
];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
|
||
*
|
||
* - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
|
||
*
|
||
* - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
|
||
* a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
|
||
* but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
|
||
*
|
||
* - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
|
||
* has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgLearnerEdits = 10;
|
||
$wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
|
||
$wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
|
||
$wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
|
||
* can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
|
||
*
|
||
* Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
|
||
* which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
|
||
*
|
||
* Predefined descriptors include the following words:
|
||
* definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
|
||
*
|
||
* @par Example:
|
||
* @code
|
||
* $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
|
||
* 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
|
||
* ];
|
||
* @endcode
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* RevisionStore table schema migration stage (content, slots, content_models & slot_roles tables).
|
||
* Use the SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags. Supported values:
|
||
*
|
||
* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
|
||
* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_OLD
|
||
* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_WRITE_BOTH | SCHEMA_COMPAT_READ_NEW
|
||
* - SCHEMA_COMPAT_OLD
|
||
*
|
||
* Note that reading the old and new schema at the same time is not supported.
|
||
* Attempting to set both read bits in $wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage
|
||
* will result in an InvalidArgumentException.
|
||
*
|
||
* @see Task: https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T174028
|
||
* @see Commit: https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/378724/
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.32
|
||
* @deprecated Since 1.35, the only accepted value is is SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW.
|
||
* No longer functions as a setting. Will be removed in 1.36.
|
||
* @var int An appropriate combination of SCHEMA_COMPAT_XXX flags.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMultiContentRevisionSchemaMigrationStage = SCHEMA_COMPAT_NEW;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* The schema to use per default when generating XML dumps. This allows sites to control
|
||
* explicitly when to make breaking changes to their export and dump format.
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgXmlDumpSchemaVersion = XML_DUMP_SCHEMA_VERSION_11;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Origin Trials tokens.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.33
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgOriginTrials = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable client-side Priority Hints.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.33
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPriorityHints = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Ratio of requests that should get Priority Hints when the feature is enabled.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var float
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgPriorityHintsRatio = 1.0;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Enable Element Timing.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.33
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgElementTiming = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Expiry of the endpoint definition for the Reporting API.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReportToExpiry = 86400;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of endpoints for the Reporting API.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgReportToEndpoints = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* List of Feature Policy Reporting types to enable.
|
||
* Each entry is turned into a Feature-Policy-Report-Only header.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgFeaturePolicyReportOnly = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Options for Special:Search completion widget form created by SearchFormWidget class.
|
||
* Settings that can be used:
|
||
* - showDescriptions: true/false - whether to show opensearch description results
|
||
* - performSearchOnClick: true/false - whether to perform search on click
|
||
* See also TitleWidget.js UI widget.
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSpecialSearchFormOptions = [];
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Set true to allow logged-in users to set a preference whether or not matches in
|
||
* search results should force redirection to that page. If false, the preference is
|
||
* not exposed and cannot be altered from site default. To change your site's default
|
||
* preference, set via $wgDefaultUserOptions['search-match-redirect'].
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgSearchMatchRedirectPreference = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Toggles native image lazy loading, via the "loading" attribute.
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var array
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgNativeImageLazyLoading = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Option to whether serve the main page as the domain root
|
||
*
|
||
* @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.34
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgMainPageIsDomainRoot = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Whether to enable the watchlist expiry feature.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var bool
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWatchlistExpiry = false;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Chance of expired watchlist items being purged on any page edit.
|
||
*
|
||
* Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
|
||
*
|
||
* If this is zero, expired watchlist items will not be removed
|
||
* and the purgeExpiredWatchlistItems.php maintenance script should be run periodically.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var float
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWatchlistPurgeRate = 0.1;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Relative maximum duration for watchlist expiries, as accepted by strtotime().
|
||
* This relates to finite watchlist expiries only. Pages can be watched indefinitely
|
||
* regardless of what this is set to.
|
||
*
|
||
* This is used to ensure the watchlist_expiry table doesn't grow to be too big.
|
||
*
|
||
* Only has effect if $wgWatchlistExpiry is true.
|
||
*
|
||
* Set to null to allow expiries of any duration.
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.35
|
||
* @var string|null
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgWatchlistExpiryMaxDuration = '6 months';
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* Maximum number of revisions of a page that will be checked against every new edit
|
||
* made to determine whether the edit was a manual revert.
|
||
*
|
||
* Computational time required increases roughly linearly with this configuration
|
||
* variable.
|
||
*
|
||
* Larger values will let you detect very deep reverts, but at the same time can give
|
||
* unexpected results (such as marking large amounts of edits as reverts) and may slow
|
||
* down the wiki slightly when saving new edits.
|
||
*
|
||
* Setting this to 0 will disable the manual revert detection feature entirely.
|
||
*
|
||
* See this document for a discussion on this topic:
|
||
* https://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Research:Revert
|
||
*
|
||
* @since 1.36
|
||
* @var int
|
||
*/
|
||
$wgManualRevertSearchRadius = 15;
|
||
|
||
/**
|
||
* For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
|
||
* vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
|
||
* @}
|
||
*/
|